Call: 01405 765567 | Email: [email protected]
www.timloc.co.uk
C | E
The customer should satisfy themselves that the
p
Access panels
Loft access doors
Under floor and through wall
ventilation
Cavity closersand stops
Air leakage solutions
Gas barrier and damp proofing
accessories
Cavity trays
Roofline and above
PRESENTING
10NEWRANGES!R
2 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Specification Guide
Everdry adjustable stepped cavity trays for brickwork
Everdry stepped cavity trays for stonework
Everdry stepped cavity trays for blockwork
Everdry stepped cavity trays for brickwork - lead attached
Everdry stepped cavity trays for stonework - lead attached
Everdry stepped cavity trays for blockwork - lead attached
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays
System 2000 horizontal cavity trays
System 2000E horizontal cavity trays for refurbishment
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays - lead attached
System 2000 horizontal cavity trays - lead attached
Over lintel and parapet cavity trays
Purpose made cavity trays
Cavity trays for door and window openings
Lintel stopends
Cavity wall weeps
Insulation retaining discs
Technical information & installation advice
Horizontal cavity trays
Stepped cavity trays
Cavity widths
Cavity insulation
Lead flashings
Leaded cavity trays with factory fitted integral flashings
Secondary lead flashings fitted separately to the cavity trays
Stopends and wall weeps
Lintels
Structural implications
Product selection and calculation of quantities
Calculating quantities of cavity trays
Thermo-loc standard cavity closers
Thermo-loc plus X cavity closers
Thermo-loc FR 30 minute fire rated cavity closers
Thermo-loc multi cavity closers
Acoustray perimeter cavity stops
Acousdpc vertical cavity stops
Acoustop cavity stop socks
Technical information & installation advice
Cavity closers
7-89-1011-1213-1415-1617-1819-20212223-2425262728293031
323233343434353535363636
39-4041-4243-444546-4748-4950
51
Contents page
Cavity trays
*air permeability measured at 50Pa under positive test conditions
Gas barrier and damp proof membrane cavity tray systemsand accessories
Damp Proof coursing accessories
Technical information & installation advice
General Recommendations
Drop-in loft access doors
Zero air leakage* hinged loft access doors
0.35U and 0.25U value loft access doors
Fire rated loft access doors
Technical information & installation advice
Drop-in type loft access doors
Hinged loft access doors and ladders
Fire rated loft access doors
Air leakage testing and performance results
Plastic access panels
Airtight plastic access panels
Metal non-fire rated access panels – picture frame
Metal non-fire rated access panels – beaded frame
Metal non-fire rated circular access panels
Metal 1 hour fire rated access panels – picture frame
Metal 1 hour fire rated access panels – beaded frame
Metal 1 hour fire rated access panels (deep profile) –picture frame
Tile insert access panels
53-55
56
57
59606162
63636364
6768697071727374
75
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Gas barrier and dampproofing accessories
Loft access doors
Access panels
3Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Welcome to the Timlocspecification guideThis guide is aimed to help all our customers - from specifiers to stockists, national contractors to installers. It illustrates ourcomprehensive range of buildingproducts and highlights the professional back-up services that our customers can trust and on which we stake our reputation.
Specification Guide
Soffit vent type C
Push in soffit vent
Over fascia vent
1m over fascia vent
Over fascia ventilation system
Corbel vent
Roof vent mk3
Roof vent mk3 cottage style
Roll form eaves vent (roll out rafter tray)
Insuvent
6m eaves vent pack
Eaves comb filler
Eaves vent protector
Universal slate ventilator
Tile ventilators
GRP valley troughs and joining strips
GRP secret gutters (abutment soakers)
Dry fix GRP valley troughs
Dry fix GRP joining/bonding strips
Dry fix verge for profiled tiles
Dry fix continuous verge system for slate and flat tiles
6m roll out dry fix ridge system
6m roll out dry fix hip system
Technical information & installation advice
Free airflow requirements
Primary roof ventilators
Secondary roof ventilators
Vapour permeable underlay
Product selection
Installation advice
Valley troughs and joining strips
Airbrick
Telescopic underfloor vent
Telescopic under floor vent extension accessories
Ducting to airbrick adapter sets
Cavity sleeves
Internal grilles and airbrick cowls
Internal grilles and airbrick cowls
Aero core anti-draught ventilators
Aero wall anti-draught ventilators
Acoustic aero core dB anti-draught ventilators
Acoustic aero wall dB anti-draught ventilators
Technical information & installation advice
Underfloor ventilation
Through the wall ventilation
777879808182838485868788899091929394-959697-9899-100101-102103-104
105105105106106106106
109110111112-113114115116117118119120
121121
Roofline and above
Under floor and throughwall ventilation
Air leakage solutions
Radiator pipework air barrier
Zero air leakage* hinged loft access doors
Airtight plastic access panels
123-124125126
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Specification Guide
What we are:ExperienceAt Timloc we have been producing pre-formed polymeric buildingcomponents since the 1970’s. Over these years we have gained a wealth of experience, few if any can rival, in providing effective and economic solutions to the problems of building construction,particularly in relation to damp proofing, ventilation and access, and in the design and manufacture of reliable, user friendly, qualityproducts to meet these needs.
A straightforward approachWe have established a widespread reputation for our standards ofservice throughout the organisation and in meeting therequirements and different needs of all those involved in theconstruction process - from designer and specifier to the on-sitebuilder and operative.
This reputation is also founded on our straightforward approach –satisfying all technical and legislative requirements but without wrapping the application or our solution in mystique orexaggerated or misleading claims.
Comprehensive rangeA vast range of standard off-the-shelf products is available to suitalmost any building requirement. Most of these can be supplied on Timloc’s unrivalled next day delivery service. In addition wedesign and manufacture non-standard components to meet special requirements or for individual projects – these can take a littlelonger!
Quality and guaranteesTimloc operates fully under the BS EN ISO 9001: 2008 QualityAssurance system.
All products in our range are designed to comply fully with all therequirements of appropriate British Standards, NHBC, BuildingRegulations, Codes of Practice and Local Authority regulations, andthe recommendations of authoritative bodies including the BuildingResearch Establishment and the Lead Development Association.
Notwithstanding as a matter of course having all necessary publicand product liability insurances, Timloc is part of the highlyrespected Alumasc plc group of companies, ensuring the higheststandards of products and service are guaranteed.
Environmental responsibilityTimloc has been a BS EN ISO 14001 organisation since 2010. We are committed in policy and practice to make our products and operations as environmentally friendly as possible. Many productsin the Timloc range contribute towards higher performancestandards in building, particularly in energy conservation. As a UKbased manufacturer our environmental impacts in the supply chainare minimized, both through shortest distance from source tomarket, and the operating standards achieved.
The majority of materials used to manufacture and package our products are themselves recycled from other products and processes. We work with rigorous standards and procedures that ensure our strategies are realised to maximize recycling, energy and resource efficiency, and compliance with environmentalbest practice.
Technical helpline 01405 765567
What we do:Service and supportTimloc has built its reputation on customer service:
Technical supportWe offer a free advisory service to designers, specifiers, and contractors engaged on any building project, whatever its size, from a private house extension to a major new commercial, public service or industrial development.
This support is available both through our Technical Department,either at our offices or on site, and our various national and regionaltechnical advisors in the field.
We provide friendly, helpful advice on system design, product selection, application, price and availability.
Free design and schedulingWe offer a free design service for applications involving both standard and non-standard products, and including provision of all necessary working drawings and take-off schedules.
On-site supportIn addition to advising specifiers and site managers on the issues of design and product specification our staff also regularly visitsites for the purpose of instructing operatives, bricklayers etc. bothin terms of general good practice and recommended methods ofinstallation for our products and the particular requirements of the specific project.
Non-standard requirementsMuch of our work, and increasingly, involves the design and manufacture of non-standard or special requirements to suit individual projects. There is no charge for this service, which drawson a wealth of practical experience and know-how, combined with innovation, to provide effective and economic solutions to any application.
Economy and efficiencyWe always strive to give our customers the products they need,when they need them, and at a competitive price. Our reputation and standards are built on these principles.
Scheduling and deliveryIn addition to the speed and reliability of our delivery service wealso provide plot specific consignments, with products marked upto ease identification and help the whole process of installation onsite.
4 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Specification Guide
Download this brochure atwww.timloc.co.uk
The specification guide explained...Our aim has been to give as much information as possible on each of our products.Information is organised under simple headings with all key facts separately bullet pointed. This means you can gostraight to the information you need without having to search for it in long sections of text.
Colour coded tabbingEach section of the guide is colour coded to clearly differentiate our six product ranges.
Colour illustrationsFull colour illustrations to enable you tochoose the right product.
Technical drawingsLine drawings to show the product in detail.
UseMost suitable applications of the product.
Features & benefitsKey useful information on features and benefits.
QualityTechnical and Building Regulation information.
Material and colour choiceMaterials used and colours available.
Products in the systemListing and brief information on all products in the system.
Installation adviceKey information required for installation.
How to orderInformation needed to assist in ordering the correct product and quantities.
Bill of quantityFull details and wording for Bills of Quantity, in the recognised industry standard format, with appropriate section and clause specific references
Product codesProduct code listing of all products in the system.
Timloc contact detailsContact details for quick and easy ordering.
DownloadsMicrosoft® Word documents for Bill of Quantity wording, and other key information points are available on our website as downloads, together with pdf copies of individual product, technical and installation pages.
21Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
System 2000 horizontal
cavity traysHorizontal cavity tray system for all types of brick,block and stone new build constructions
Use• At the abutment of a flat roof with a cavity wall
• At the abutment of a lean-to or mono pitch roof with a cavity wall
• Over concrete ring beams
• Over airbricks, cavity liners, ducts, meter boxes, etc.
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Low profile lapped joint between sections allows any length of brick, block or stone to be used without difficulty
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation to allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Choice of two lengths: 880mm for general use; 460mm to reduce waste when making up a run of cavity tray to the required length
• System available on request with pre-applied polystyrene strips. Polystyrene offers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installation of post fitted lead work. (May incur additional charge)
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene - virtually indestructible in normal use
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeHorizontal cavity traysThe main cavity tray component. Sections join together by meansof a lapped joint, sealed with factory applied butyl mastic tape, toform the main cavity tray run. Water is gathered by the cavity trayand is discharged from the wall through a series of weep holes.
Corner unitsAllows the integrity of the main cavity tray run to be maintained whenit is necessary to turn a corner on a building. External or internal.
StopendsFitted at the start and finish of the cavity tray run to seal off theopen ends and prevent water running back into the cavity.
Installation advice• Weep holes (Timloc 1143 or TW1) must be provided every 900mm along the cavity tray run to comply with Building Reg.requirements
• Each component fits to the next by means of a lapped joint that is sealed with butyl mastic tape. Surfaces must be clean and dry otherwise a good seal will not be formed
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as the System 2000 it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the external wall and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity trayrun by 830mm. If the calculation does not come to an exactfigure, round up to the next whole number. The 460mm lengthcan be used as a make up piece to reduce waste and cost
• If the cavity tray is required to turn a corner, ensure that thecorrect corner units are ordered
• Always order stopends - typical installations require one righthand and one left hand stopend for the start and finish of the run
• Always state the clear cavity width when ordering
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES • Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied to be installed over horizontal abutments on new build applications, ring beam systems, airbricks, cavity liners, meter boxes, ducts etc. • Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations to ensure a fully watertight installation. • Reference: ......................................................................... e.g. 2075/880 (830mm effective length) • Optional accessories: ......................................................................... e.g. 2010 External Corner 90 Degree
Product codesSystem 2000 horizontal cavity trays (new build)Description Overall length Product codes /effective length to suit clear cavity widths of 50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mmHorizontal tray 880mm/830mm 2075/880 (50) 2075/880 (75) 2075/880 (100)Horizontal tray 460mm/410mm 2075/460 (50) 2075/460 (75) 2075/460 (100)External 90º corner N/A 2010 (50) 2010 (75) 2010 (100)Internal 90º corner N/A 2011 (50) 2011 (75) 2011 (100)External 135º corner N/A 2012 (50) 2012 (75) 2012 (100)Internal 135º corner N/A 2013 (50) 2013 (75) 2013 (100)Stopend RH N/A 2003 2003 2003Stopend LH N/A 2004 2004 2004Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.For trays featuring the polystyrene strip mortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of therequired product code. This may incur additional charge.
Stopend (LH)Horizontal cavity tray Internal cornerExternal corner
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
5Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
6 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity trays
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
Cavity trays Technical information & installation advice:
Everdry adjustable stepped cavity trays for brickwork
Everdry stepped cavity trays for stonework
Everdry stepped cavity trays for blockwork
Everdry stepped cavity trays for brickwork - lead attached
Everdry stepped cavity trays for stonework - lead attached
Everdry stepped cavity trays for blockwork - lead attached
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays
System 2000 horizontal cavity trays
System 2000E horizontal cavity trays for refurbishment
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays - lead attached
System 2000 horizontal cavity trays - lead attached
LCT lintel, GCT and HPT horizontal cavity trays
Purpose made cavity trays
Cavity trays for door and window openings
Lintel stopends
Cavity wall weeps
Insulation retaining discs
7-89-1011-1213-1415-1617-1819-20212223-2425262728293031
Horizontal cavity trays
Stepped cavity trays
Cavity widths
Cavity insulation
Lead flashings
Leaded cavity trays with factory fitted integral flashings
Secondary lead flashings fitted separately to the cavity trays
Stopends and wall weeps
Lintels
Structural implications
Product selection and calculation of quantities
Calculating quantities of cavity trays
323233343434353535363636
7Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry adjustable stepped
cavity trays for brickworkStepped cavity tray system for multi cavity optionsin brick wall construction of 75mm course heights
Use• At the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 120mm thickness - built from standard brickwork or similar sized components with regular course heights, including mortar of approx. 75mm
• On roof pitches of 25 degrees and above
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-110mm
Features and benefits• High adjustable back upstand
• Adjustable upstand to cover 50mm-110mm clear cavities
• Roof pitch marks on tray upstand to give installation guidance
• Cavity tray builds into outer leaf only to speed up installation and allowing both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Optional longer tray for roof pitches less than 25 degrees
• The system is available on request with pre-applied polystyrene strips. Polystyrene is much easier to rake out than mortar and offers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installation of post fitted lead work. (This service may incur additional charge)
Quality• BBA approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All components in the range are injection moulded in 2mm polypropylene for added durability, toughness and quality
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeIntermediate traysSuits all cavity options - forms main tray run with one tray on eachcourse of brickwork running the full length of the abutting roof slope.
Stopend startersFirst component to be installed and fitted at the lowest point on a standard abutment. It collects water gathered by the rest ofthe system and discharges it from the wall through a weep unit.
Corner starter traysHas the same function as stopend starter tray but is used where the abutting roof comes up to, or beyond, the corner of the mainbuilding. Designed to return around the corner of the building to provide complete protection.
Ridge traysUsed where a right hand and left hand roof slope come together atan apex to straddle the top two intermediate trays.
Installation advice• The core tray will suit clear cavity widths of 50mm-110mm
• Weep holes in starter and corner starter trays can be formed simply by installing purpose made Timloc plastic wall weep units (product 1143/TW1)
• Trays and/or where particularly porous facing brickwork is used, it is strongly recommended that extra weep holes are provided at intermediate points along the run of cavity trays
• Many components come in left or right handed versions. Handing is dictated by the direction of the abutting roof slope
Please see technical section for more details.
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray to be installed into brickwork over
stepped/sloping roof abutments on new build and remedial work applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference...... e.g. 10001 Intermediate Tray (RH) 225mm long (roof pitches 25°+)
Ridge trayIntermediate tray
(LH)
Stopend starter tray
(LH/RH)
Corner starter tray
(LH/RH)
Ridge tray
Stopend
starter tray (LH)
Intermediate
tray (LH)
Corner starter
tray RH)
Intermediate
tray (RH)
Page 1of 2 see next page
8 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry adjustable stepped cavity trays for brickworkStepped cavity tray system for multi cavity optionsin brick wall construction of 75mm course heights
How to order• To calculate quantities allow one cavity tray per course on each roof slope. One stopend starter or corner starter is needed per roof slope, and one ridge tray at each apex
• Check roof pitch and select correct length of tray to suit it
• Select the correct handing to suit the direction of each roof slope
• Always state cavity width, roof pitch and coursing height to ensure correct goods are despatched
Calculating quantities of stepped cavity traysStepped cavity trays are used where a pitched roof abuts a cavitywall. To calculate the quantity of trays required to cover a section of roof abutment one of three measurements must be determined,either the vertical height or the sloping or horizontal length of theabutment. If the vertical height is measured, simply divide this distance by the coursing height of the material being used for construction.
E.g. If the vertical height is 1.5m and the wall is standard 75mm brick coursing (NB 75mm = 0.075m) the equation would be 1.5 � 0.075 = 20. Therefore 20 No. cavity trays are required persloping abutment.
If the sloping or horizontal distance has been measured the tablesshown below should be used to convert the distance (measured in metres) into the quantity of cavity trays. Take care to select the correct table and the appropriate column which relates to the coursing height and the pitch of the abutting roof.
E.g. If the sloping measurement is 2.5m, at a pitch of 30°, with a 75mm brick coursing height the equation would be 2.5 x 6.7 = 16.75. This would be rounded up, so 17 No. cavity trays are required.
E.g. If the horizontal measurement is 1.5m, at a pitch of 40°, with a 75mm brick coursing height the equation would be 1.5 x 11.2 = 16.8. This would be rounded down, so 16 No. cavity trays are required.
Stepped cavity trays sloping measurement Coursing heightRoof pitch 75mm brick10° 2.3
12.5° 2.9
15° 3.5
17.5° 4.0
20° 4.6
22.5° 5.1
25° 5.6
27.5° 6.2
30° 6.7
32.5° 7.2
35° 7.7
37.5° 8.1
40° 8.6
42.5° 9.0
45° 9.4
Stepped cavity trays horizontal measurement Coursing heightRoof pitch 75mm brick10° 2.4
12.5° 3.0
15° 3.6
17.5° 4.2
20° 4.9
22.5° 5.5
25° 6.2
27.5° 7.0
30° 7.7
32.5° 8.5
35° 9.3
37.5° 10.2
40° 11.2
42.5° 12.2
45° 13.3
Product codes75mm brick coursingDescription Length Handing Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of 50mm-110mm
Intermediate tray 225mm RH 10001
Intermediate tray 225mm LH 10002
Intermediate tray 420mm* RH 10011
Intermediate tray 420mm* LH 10012
Stopend starter tray 225mm RH/LH 10031
Corner starter tray 225mm RH/LH 10041
Ridge tray 225mm N/A 10061
Ridge tray 420mm N/A 10062
For trays to suit clear cavity widths of 111mm+ can be made to order.
For trays featuring the polystyrene strip mortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of the
required product code. This may incur additional charge.
N.B Stopend starter, corner starter and ridge trays suit all roof pitches
* For roof pitches 17.5°-22.5°
525mm long tray available “fixed cavity” for roof pitches 10°-15°
Pitch
Horizontalmeasurement
Verticalheight
Sloping
measurem
ent
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
9Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays
for stoneworkStepped cavity tray system for stoneworkconstructions of 150mm course heights
Use• At the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 150mm thickness - built from natural or reconstituted stone with regular course heights, including mortar of approx. 150mm
• On roof pitches of 7.5 degrees and above
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Permanent stopend protects the perpendicular joint and cuts out water backtracking along the stonework
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation and allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Choice of three lengths: 450mm for roof pitches of 25 degrees or above; 625mm for roof pitches of 17.5-22.5 degrees; 1250mm for roof pitches of 7.5-15 degrees
• The system is available on request with pre-applied polystyrenestrips. Polystyrene is much easier to rake out than mortar andoffers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installationof post fitted lead work. (This service may incur additional charge)
Quality• BBA Approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene • Available in black only
Products in the rangeIntermediate traysForms main tray run with one tray on each course of stonework running the full length of the abutting roof slope.
Stopend starter traysSuits all roof pitches - first component to be installed and fitted at thelowest point on a standard abutment. It collects water gathered by therest of the system and discharges it from the wall through a weep hole.
Corner starter traysSuits all roof pitches - has same function as stopend starter tray but is used where the abutting roof comes up to, or beyond, the corner ofthe main building. Designed to return around the corner of thebuilding to provide complete protection.
Ridge traysSuits all roof pitches - used where a right hand and left hand roof slopecome together at an apex to straddle the top two intermediate trays.
Installation advice
• Each length of tray is available with a variety of base widths to suit different wall thicknesses and cavity width combinations. Wall thicknesses of either 100mm, 125mm or 150mm can be accommodated as well as cavity widths of 50-74mm, 75-99mm and 100-125mm - make sure you select the correct width for the project in hand
• Weep holes can be formed by simply installing a purpose-made Timloc plastic wall weep unit (product 1143/TW1)
• In areas of severe weather exposure or where particularly porous facing stonework is used, it is strongly recommended that extra weep holes are provided at intermediate points along the run of cavity trays
• Many components come in left or right handed versions. Handing is dictated by the direction of the abutting roof slope - e.g. left handed trays are used on left handed roof slopes. Establish the correct handings or it will be impossible to fit the cavity trays properly
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as Everdry it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the stone and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.
Ridge trayIntermediate tray
(LH)
Corner starter tray
(LH)
Stopend starter tray
(LH/RH)
Ridge tray
Stopend
starter tray (LH)
Intermediate
tray (LH)
Corner starter
tray RH)
Intermediate
tray (RH)
Page 1of 2 see next page
10 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity traysfor stoneworkStepped cavity tray system for stoneworkconstructions of 150mm course heights
How to order• To calculate quantities allow one cavity tray per course on each roof slope. One stopend starter or corner starter is needed per roof slope, and one ridge tray at each apex
• Check roof pitch and select correct length of tray to suit it
• Make sure correct handing is selected to suit the direction of each roof slope
• Always state cavity width, roof pitch, coursing height and wall thickness to ensure correct goods are despatched
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray to be installed into 150mm stonework over stepped/sloping roof abutments on new build and remedial
work applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Cavity width...............
• External wall thickness...............
• Roof pitch...............
• Reference...e.g. Intermediate Tray (RH) 450mm long (roof pitches 25°+)
Product codes150mm stone coursing100mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH 450mm 7101 7103 7105
Intermediate tray LH 450mm 7102 7104 7106
Intermediate tray RH 625mm 7111 7113 7115
Intermediate tray LH 625mm 7112 7114 7116
Intermediate tray RH 1250mm 7121 7123 7125
Intermediate tray LH 1250mm 7122 7124 7126
Stopend starter tray RH/LH 450mm 7131 7133 7135
Corner starter tray RH 550mm 7141 7143 7145
Corner starter tray LH 550mm 7142 7144 7146
Ridge tray 450mm 7161 7162 7163
150mm stone coursing125mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH 450mm 7103 7105 7107
Intermediate tray LH 450mm 7104 7106 7108
Intermediate tray RH 625mm 7113 7115 7117
Intermediate tray LH 625mm 7114 7116 7118
Intermediate tray RH 1250mm 7123 7125 7127
Intermediate tray LH 1250mm 7124 7126 7128
Stopend starter tray RH/LH 450mm 7133 7135 7137
Corner starter tray RH 550mm 7143 7145 7147
Corner starter tray LH 550mm 7144 7146 7148
Ridge tray 450mm 7162 7163 7164
150mm stone coursing150mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH 450mm 7105 7107 7109
Intermediate tray LH 450mm 7106 7108 7110
Intermediate tray RH 625mm 7115 7117 7119
Intermediate tray LH 625mm 7116 7118 7120
Intermediate tray RH 1250mm 7125 7127 7129
Intermediate tray LH 1250mm 7126 7128 7130
Stopend starter tray 450mm 7135 7137 7139
Corner starter tray RH 550mm 7145 7147 7149
Corner starter tray LH 550mm 7146 7148 7150
Ridge tray 450mm 7163 7164 7165
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ and 151mm external wall thickness can be
made to order.
For trays featuring the polystyrene strip mortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of the
required product code. This may incur additional charge.
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
11Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays
for blockworkStepped cavity tray system for blockworkconstructions of 225mm course heights
Use• At the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 150mm thickness - built from blockwork or stone with regular course heights, including mortar of approx. 225mm
• On roof pitches of 12.5 degrees and above
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Permanent stopend protects the perpendicular joint and cuts out water backtracking along the blockwork
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation and allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Choice of two lengths: 625mm for roof pitches of 25 degrees or above; 1250mm for roof pitches of 12.5-22.5 degrees
• The system is available on request with pre-applied polystyrene strips. Polystyrene is much easier to rake out than mortar and offers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installation of post fitted lead work. (This service may incur additional charge)
Quality• BBA Approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene - virtually indestructible in normal use
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeIntermediate traysForms main tray run with one tray on each course of blockwork running the full length of the abutting roof slope.
Stopend starter traysSuits all roof pitches - first component to be installed and fitted at thelowest point on a standard abutment. It collects water gathered by therest of the system and discharges it from the wall through a weep hole.
Corner starter traysSuits all roof pitches - has the same function as stopend starter traybut is used where the abutting roof comes up to, or beyond, thecorner of the main building. Designed to return around the corner ofthe building to provide complete protection.
Ridge traysSuits all roof pitches - used where a right hand and left hand roof slopecome together at an apex to straddle the top two intermediate trays.
Installation advice
• Each length of tray is available with a variety of base widths to suit different wall thicknesses and cavity width combinations. Wall thicknesses of either 100mm, 125mm or 150mm can be accommodated as well as cavity widths of 50-74mm, 75-99mm and 100-125mm - make sure you select the correct width for the project in hand
• Weep holes can be formed by simply installing a purpose-made Timloc plastic wall weep unit (product 1143/TW1)
• In areas of severe weather exposure or where particularly porous facing blockwork is used, it is strongly recommended that extra weep holes are provided at intermediate points along the run of cavity trays
• Many components come in left or right handed versions. Handing is dictated by the direction of the abutting roof slope - e.g. left handed trays are used on left handed roof slopes. Establish the correct handings or it will be impossible to fit the cavity trays properly
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as Everdry it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the block and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.
Ridge trayIntermediate tray
(LH)
Corner starter tray
(LH)
Stopend starter tray
(LH/RH)
Ridge tray
Stopend
starter tray (LH)
Intermediate
tray (LH)
Corner starter
tray RH)
Intermediate
tray (RH)
Page 1of 2 see next page
12 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity traysfor blockworkStepped cavity tray system for blockworkconstructions of 225mm course heights
How to order• To calculate quantities allow one cavity tray per course on each roof slope. One stopend starter or corner starter is needed per roof slope, and one ridge tray at each apex
• Check roof pitch and select correct length of tray to suit it
• Make sure correct handing is selected to suit the direction of each roof slope
• Always state cavity width, roof pitch, coursing height and wall thickness to ensure correct goods are despatched
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray to be installed into 225mm blockwork over stepped/sloping roof abutments on new build and remedial
work applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Cavity width...............
• External wall thickness...............
• Roof pitch...............
• Reference...e.g. Intermediate Tray (RH) 625mm long (roof pitches 25°+)
Product codes225mm block/stone coursing100mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH 625mm 7201 7203 7205
Intermediate tray LH 625mm 7202 7204 7206
Intermediate tray RH 1250mm 7211 7213 7215
Intermediate tray LH 1250mm 7212 7214 7216
Stopend starter tray RH/LH 450mm 7231 7233 7235
Corner starter tray RH 550mm 7241 7243 7245
Corner starter tray LH 550mm 7242 7244 7246
Ridge tray 625mm 7261 7262 7263
Trays for clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order
225mm block/stone coursing125mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH 625mm 7203 7205 7207
Intermediate tray LH 625mm 7204 7206 7208
Intermediate tray RH 1250mm 7213 7215 7217
Intermediate tray LH 1250mm 7214 7216 7218
Stopend starter tray RH/LH 450mm 7233 7235 7237
Corner starter tray RH 550mm 7243 7245 7247
Corner starter tray LH 550mm 7244 7246 7248
Ridge tray 625mm 7262 7263 7264
Trays for clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order
225mm block/stone coursing150mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH 625mm 7205 7207 7209
Intermediate tray LH 625mm 7206 7208 7210
Intermediate tray RH 1250mm 7215 7217 7219
Intermediate tray LH 1250mm 7216 7218 7220
Stopend starter tray 450mm 7235 7237 7239
Corner starter tray RH 550mm 7245 7247 7249
Corner starter tray LH 550mm 7246 7248 7250
Ridge tray 625mm 7263 7264 7265
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ and external wall thickness (bed) of 151mm
can be made to order.
For trays featuring the polystyrene strip mortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of the
required product code. This may incur additional charge.
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
13Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays
for brickwork - lead attachedStepped leaded cavity tray system for multi cavity options in brick wall constructionof 75mm course heights
Use• At the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 120mm thickness - built from standard brickwork or similar sized components with regular course heights, including mortar of approx. 75mm
• On roof pitches of 25 degrees and above
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-110mm
Features and benefits• Supplied with factory fitted lead flashing ready cut to suit the pitch of the roof and type of roof covering
• High back upstand
• Adjustable upstand to cover 50mm-110mm clear cavities
• Roof pitch marks on tray upstand to give installation guidance
• Cavity tray builds into outer leaf only to speed up installation and allowing both inner and outer leafs to be built independently
• Optional longer tray for roof pitches less than 25 degrees
Quality• BBA approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Flashings are Code Blue (milled lead as standard) as defined by BS EN ISO 12588 : 1999 (formally known as Code 4)
• All components in the range are injection moulded in 2mm polypropylene for added durability, toughness and quality
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeIntermediate traysSuits all cavity options - forms main tray run with one tray on eachcourse of brickwork running the full length of the abutting roofslope.
Stopend startersFirst component to be installed and fitted at the lowest point on astandard abutment. It collects water gathered by the rest of the system and discharges it from the wall through a weep unit.
Corner starter traysHas same function as stopend starter tray but is used where theabutting roof comes up to, or beyond, the corner of the main building. Designed to return around the corner of the building to provide complete protection.
Ridge traysUsed where a right hand and left hand roof slope come together at an apex to straddle the top two intermediate tray.
Installation advice• The core tray will suit clear cavity widths of 50-110mm
• Weep holes in starter and corner starter trays can be formed simply by installing purpose made Timloc plastic wall weep units (product 1143/TW1)
• In areas of severe weather exposure, long continuous run of cavity trays and/or where particularly porous facing brickwork is used, we strongly recommend that extra weep holes are used at intermediate points along the run of cavity trays. Heavier code lead may also need to be specified with flashings fixed and sealed where they overlap
• Many components come in left or right handed versions. Handing is dictated by the direction of the abutting roof slope
Please see technical section for more details.
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray with attached lead to be installed into
brickwork over stepped/sloping roof abutments on new build and remedial
work applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference ......e.g. 20001 Intermediate Tray (RH) • Cavity width: 50mm – 110mm • Roof pitches: 15° - 60° (please stipulate) • Lead attachment: e.g. Code Blue short or long (please stipulate) (short lead – flat tiles/slates) (long leads – profiled roof tile)
Intermediate tray
short lead (LH)
Intermediate tray
long lead (LH)
Stopend starter tray
short lead (LH)
Corner starter tray
long lead (LH)
Ridge tray
(LH/RH)
Ridge tray
Stopend
starter tray (LH)
Intermediate
tray (LH)
Corner starter
tray RH)
Intermediate
tray (RH)
Page 1of 2 see next page
14 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays for brickwork - lead attachedStepped leaded cavity tray system for multi cavity options in brick wall constructionof 75mm course heights
How to order• To calculate quantities allow one cavity tray per course on each roof slope. One stopend starter or corner starter is needed per roof slope, and one ridge tray at each apex
• Check roof pitch and select correct length of tray to suit it
• Select the correct handing to suit the direction of each roof slope
• Always state cavity width, roof pitch and coursing height to ensure correct goods are despatched
Calculating quantities of stepped cavity traysStepped cavity trays are used where a pitched roof abuts a cavitywall. To calculate the quantity of trays required to cover a section of roof abutment one of three measurements must be determined,either the vertical height or the sloping or horizontal length of theabutment. If the vertical height is measured, simply divide this distance by the coursing height of the material being used for construction.
E.g. If the vertical height is 1.5m and the wall is standard 75mm brick coursing (NB 75mm = 0.075m) the equation would be 1.5 � 0.075 = 20. Therefore 20 No. cavity trays are required persloping abutment.
If the sloping or horizontal distance has been measured the tablesshown below should be used to convert the distance (measured in metres) into the quantity of cavity trays. Take care to select the correct table and the appropriate column which relates to the coursing height and the pitch of the abutting roof.
E.g. If the sloping measurement is 2.5m, at a pitch of 30°, with a 75mm brick coursing height the equation would be 2.5 x 6.7 = 16.75. This would be rounded up, so 17 No. cavity trays are required.
E.g. If the horizontal measurement is 1.5m, at a pitch of 40°, with a 75mm brick coursing height the equation would be 1.5 x 11.2 = 16.8. This would be rounded down, so 16 No. cavity trays are required.
Stepped cavity trays sloping measurement Coursing heightRoof pitch 75mm brick10° 2.3
12.5° 2.9
15° 3.5
17.5° 4.0
20° 4.6
22.5° 5.1
25° 5.6
27.5° 6.2
30° 6.7
32.5° 7.2
35° 7.7
37.5° 8.1
40° 8.6
42.5° 9.0
45° 9.4
Stepped cavity trays horizontal measurement Coursing heightRoof pitch 75mm brick10° 2.4
12.5° 3.0
15° 3.6
17.5° 4.2
20° 4.9
22.5° 5.5
25° 6.2
27.5° 7.0
30° 7.7
32.5° 8.5
35° 9.3
37.5° 10.2
40° 11.2
42.5° 12.2
45° 13.3
Product codes75mm brick coursingDescription Length Handing Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of 50-110mm
Intermediate tray 225mm RH 20001
Intermediate tray 225mm LH 20002
Stopend starter tray 225mm RH/LH 20031/32
Corner starter tray 225mm RH/LH 20041/42
Ridge tray 225mm N/A 20061
Ridge tray 420mm N/A 20062
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 111mm can be made to order.
N.B Intermediate trays are 225mm in length at roof pitches of 27.5 degrees and above.
Below this pitch the length increases to 420mm and 525mm.
Please state roof pitch and whether long or short leads are required.
Pitch
Horizontalmeasurement
Verticalheight
Sloping
measurem
ent
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
15Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays
for stonework - lead attachedStepped leaded cavity tray system for stoneworkconstructions of 150mm course heights
Use• At the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 150mm thickness - built from natural or reconstituted stone with regular course heights, including mortar of approx. 150mm
• On roof pitches of 15 degrees and above
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• Supplied with factory fitted lead flashing ready cut to suit the pitch of the roof and type of roof covering
• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Permanent stopend protects the perpendicular joint and cuts out water backtracking along the stonework
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation and allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Choice of three lengths: 450mm for roof pitches of 25 degrees or above; 625mm for roof pitches of 17.5-22.5 degrees; 1250mm for roof pitches of 15 degrees
Quality• BBA Approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Flashings are Code Blue (milled lead as standard) as defined by BS EN 12588 : 1999 (formally know as Code 4)
• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene - virtually indestructible in normal use
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeIntermediate traysForms main tray run with one tray on each course of stonework running the full length of the abutting roof slope.
Stopend starter traySuits all roof pitches - first component to be installed and fitted at thelowest point on a standard abutment. It collects water gathered by therest of the system and discharges it from the wall through a weep hole.
Corner starter traySuits all roof pitches - has same function as stopend starter tray but is used where the abutting roof comes up to, or beyond, the corner ofthe main building. Designed to return around the corner of thebuilding to provide complete protection. Corner starter trays are notsupplied with factory fitted lead flashings due to the size and weightof lead flashing that would be required. Flashing in this area should bedealt with separately in the traditional way.
Ridge traysSuits all roof pitches - used where a right hand and left hand roofslope come together at an apex to straddle the top two intermediatetrays.
Installation advice
• Each length of tray is available with a variety of base widths to suit different wall thicknesses and cavity width combinations. Wall thicknesses of either 100mm, 125mm or 150mm can be accommodated as well as cavity widths of 50-74mm, 75-99mm and 100-125mm - make sure you select the correct width for the project in hand
• Weep holes can be formed by simply installing a purpose-made Timloc plastic wall weep unit (product 1143/TW1)
• In areas of severe weather exposure or where particularly porous facing stonework is used, it is strongly recommended that extra weep holes are provided at intermediate points along the run ofcavity trays. A heavier code of lead may also need to be specifiedwith flashings fixed and sealed where they overlap
• Many components come in left or right handed versions. Handing is dictated by the direction of the abutting roof slope - e.g. left handed trays are used on left handed roof slopes. Establish the correct handings or it will be impossible to fit the cavity trays properly
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as Everdry it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the stone and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.
Intermediate tray
long lead (LH)
Ridge tray
(LH/RH)
Stopend starter tray
short lead (LH)
Page 1of 2 see next page
16 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays for stonework - lead attachedStepped leaded cavity tray system for stoneworkconstructions of 150mm course heights
How to order• To calculate quantities allow one cavity tray per course on each roof slope. One stopend starter or corner starter is needed per roof slope, and one ridge tray at each apex
• Check roof pitch and type of tile or slate and state clearly on your order
• Make sure correct handing is selected to suit the direction of each roof slope
• Always state cavity width, roof pitch, coursing height and wall thickness to ensure correct goods are despatched
• State whether long or short leads are required. Long leads are used with single lap concrete or clay roof tiles and dress over the top of the roof finish. Short leads are used with slates or double lap tiles, e.g. Rosemary type, and dress over the upstand of the soakers
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray with attached lead to be installed into
150mm stonework coursing over stepped/sloping roof abutments on new build and remedial work applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: eg. Intermediate Tray (RH)
• Cavity width...............
• External wall thickness...............
• Roof pitches: 15° - 60° (please stipulate)...................... • Lead attachment: Code Blue short or long (please stipulate) (short lead – flat tiles/slates) (long leads – profiled roof tile)
Product codes150mm stone coursing100mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH Varies 8101 8103 8105
Intermediate tray LH Varies 8102 8104 8106
Stopend starter tray RH 450mm 8131 8133 8135
Stopend starter tray LH 450mm 8132 8134 8136
Corner starter tray* RH 550mm 7141 7143 7145
Corner starter tray* LH 550mm 7142 7144 7146
Ridge tray 450mm 8161 8162 8163
When ordering state roof pitch and whetherlong or short leads are required.* Not supplied with factory fitted lead flashings.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
150mm stone coursing125mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH Varies 8103 8105 8107
Intermediate tray LH Varies 8104 8106 8108
Stopend starter tray RH 450mm 8133 8135 8137
Stopend starter tray LH 450mm 8134 8136 8138
Corner starter tray* RH 550mm 7143 7145 7147
Corner starter tray* LH 550mm 7144 7146 7148
Ridge tray 450mm 8162 8163 8164
When ordering state roof pitch and whetherlong or short leads are required.* Not supplied with factory fitted lead flashings.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
150mm stone coursing150mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH Varies 8105 8107 8109
Intermediate tray LH Varies 8106 8108 8110
Stopend starter tray RH 450mm 8135 8137 8139
Stopend starter tray LH 450mm 8136 8138 8140
Corner starter tray* RH 550mm 7145 7147 7149
Corner starter tray* LH 550mm 7146 7148 7150
Ridge tray 450mm 8163 8164 8165
When ordering state roof pitch and whetherlong or short leads are required.* Not supplied with factory fitted lead flashings.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ and external wall thickness (bed) of
151mm+ can be made to order.
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
17Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays
for blockwork - lead attachedStepped leaded cavity tray system for blockworkconstructions of 225mm course heights
Use• At the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 150mm thickness - built from blockwork or stone with regular course heights, including mortar of approx. 225mm
• On roof pitches of 15 degrees and above
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• Supplied with factory fitted lead flashing cut to suit the pitch of the roof and type of roof covering
• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Permanent stopend protects the perpendicular joint and cuts out water backtracking along the blockwork
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation and allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Choice of two lengths: 625mm for roof pitches of 25 degrees or above; 1250mm for roof pitches of 12.5-22.5 degrees
Quality• BBA Approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Flashings are Code Blue (milled lead as standard) as defined by BS EN 12588 : 1999 (formally known as Code 4)
• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene - virtually indestructible in normal use
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeIntermediate traysForms main tray run with one tray on each course of blockwork running the full length of the abutting roof slope.
Stopend starter traysSuits all roof pitches - first component to be installed and fitted at thelowest point on a standard abutment. It collects water gathered by therest of the system and discharges it from the wall through a weep hole.
Corner starter traysSuits all roof pitches - has same function as stopend starter tray but is used where the abutting roof comes up to, or beyond, the corner ofthe main building. Designed to return around the corner of thebuilding to provide complete protection. Corner starter trays are notsupplied with factory fitted lead flashings due to the size and weightof lead flashing that would be required. Flashing in this area should bedealt with separately in the traditional way.
Ridge traysSuits all roof pitches - used where a right hand and left hand roof slopecome together at an apex to straddle the top two intermediate trays.
Installation advice
• Each length of tray is available with a variety of base widths to suit different wall thicknesses and cavity width combinations. Wall thicknesses of either 100mm, 125mm or 150mm can be accommodated as well as cavity widths of 50-74mm, 75-99mm and 100-125mm - make sure you select the correct width for the project in hand
• Weep holes can be formed by simply installing a purpose-made Timloc plastic wall weep unit (product 1143/TW1)
• In areas of severe weather exposure or where particularly porous facing blockwork is used, it is strongly recommended that extra weepholes are provided at intermediate points along the run of cavitytrays A heavier code of lead may also need to be specified withflashings fixed and sealed where they overlap
• Many components come in left or right handed versions. Handing is dictated by the direction of the abutting roof slope - e.g. left handed trays are used on left handed roof slopes. Establish the correct handings or it will be impossible to fit the cavity trays properly
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as Everdry it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the block and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.
Intermediate tray
long lead (LH)
Ridge tray
(LH/RH)
Stopend starter tray
short lead (LH)
Page 1of 2 see next page
18 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Everdry stepped cavity trays for blockwork - lead attachedStepped leaded cavity tray system for blockworkconstructions of 225mm course heights
How to order• To calculate quantities allow one cavity tray per course on each roof slope. One stopend starter or corner starter is needed per roof slope, and one ridge tray at each apex
• Check roof pitch and type of tile or slate and state clearly on your order
• Make sure correct handing is selected to suit the direction of each roof slope
• Always state cavity width, roof pitch, coursing height and wall thickness to ensure correct goods are despatched
• State whether long or short leads are required. Long leads are used with single lap concrete or clay roof tiles and dress over the top of the roof finish. Short leads are used with slates or double lap tiles, e.g. Rosemary type, and dress over the upstand of the soakers
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied with attached lead to be
installed into 225mm blockwork coursing over stepped/sloping roof abutments on new build and remedial work applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: e.g. Intermediate Tray (RH)
• Cavity width...............
• External wall thickness...............
• Roof pitches: 15° - 60° (please stipulate)...................... • Lead attachment: Code Blue short or long (please stipulate) (short lead – flat tiles/slates) (long leads – profiled roof tile)
Product codes225mm block/stone coursing100mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH Varies 8201 8203 8205
Intermediate tray LH Varies 8202 8204 8206
Stopend starter tray RH 450mm 8231 8233 8235
Stopend starter tray LH 450mm 8232 8234 8236
Corner starter tray* RH 550mm 7241 7243 7245
Corner starter tray* LH 550mm 7242 7244 7246
Ridge tray 625mm 8261 8262 8263
When ordering state roof pitch and whetherlong or short leads are required.* Not supplied with factory fitted lead flashings.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
225mm block/stone coursing125mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH Varies 8203 8205 8207
Intermediate tray LH Varies 8204 8206 8208
Stopend starter tray RH 450mm 8233 8235 8237
Stopend starter tray LH 450mm 8234 8236 8238
Corner starter tray* RH 550mm 7243 7245 7247
Corner starter tray* LH 550mm 7244 7246 7248
Ridge tray 625mm 8262 8263 8264
When ordering state roof pitch and whetherlong or short leads are required.* Not supplied with factory fitted lead flashings.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
225mm block/stone coursing150mm external wall thickness (bed)Description Length Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of
50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Intermediate tray RH Varies 8205 8207 8209
Intermediate tray LH Varies 8206 8208 8210
Stopend starter tray RH 450mm 8235 8237 8239
Stopend starter tray LH 450mm 8236 8238 8240
Corner starter tray* RH 550mm 7245 7247 7249
Corner starter tray* LH 550mm 7246 7248 7250
Ridge tray 625mm 8263 8264 8265
When ordering state roof pitch and whetherlong or short leads are required.* Not supplied with factory fitted lead flashings.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ and external wall thickness (bed) of
151mm+ can be made to order.
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
19Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays
Preformed horizontal cavity tray systemfor new build and existing walls
Use• At the abutment of a flat roof with a cavity wall
• At the abutment of a lean-to or mono pitch roof with a cavity wall
• Over concrete ring beams
• Over airbricks, cavity liners, ducts, meter boxes, etc.
• On external walls - not exceeding 102.5mm in thickness - built from standard brickwork, blockwork or stone
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• Fits all clear cavity sizes up to 125mm
• Suitable for brick, block and stone wall construction (cutting of masonry may be required)
• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements of NHBC
• Angled section between cavity
• Interlocking mechanism for joining tray lengths to eliminate tray jointing
• Built to brick bonding lengths for ease of use
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Built independent to the inner leaf will enable inner and outer leafs to be built independently, if required
• Available in two lengths: 4 brick for general use and 2 brick for reducing waste when making up a run of cavity tray to the required length
• The system is available upon request with pre-applied polystyrenestrips. Polystyrene is much easier to rake out than mortar andoffers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installation of post fitted lead work. This may incur additional charge.
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Horizontal Inter-loc units are injection moulded in 2mm polypropylene
• Accessories are vacuum formed in 2mm medium density polyethylene
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeHorizontal Inter-loc cavity traysThe main cavity tray component. Sections join together by means of a lapped interlocking join, to form the main cavity tray run. Water is gathered by the cavity tray and is discharged from the wallthrough a series of weep holes - one weep hole per Inter-loc tray isrequired.
Corner unitsAllows the integrity of the main cavity tray run to be maintained when it is necessary to turn a corner on a building. Available in either external or internal format.
StopendsFitted at the start and finish of the cavity tray run to seal off the open ends and prevent water running back into the cavity.
Installation advice• Each component is available to suit cavity widths of either 50-125mm
• Weep holes must be provided in every cavity tray to comply with Building Regulation requirements. These can be formed by installing a purpose made Timloc plastic wall weep unit
• Each Inter-loc cavity tray fits to the next by means of a lapped interlocking join, as work proceeds while working from right to left
• With rigid pre-formed cavity trays such as the Inter-loc system it is not necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the external wall and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.
Existing build inter-loc 2(E) New build inter-loc 4
Page 1of 2 see next page
New build external corner New build internal corner
20 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Inter-loc horizontal cavity traysPreformed horizontal cavity tray systemfor new build and existing walls
How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity tray run by .225 (representing one brick and joint) to give number of bricks required then divide by 2 for IL2 or 4 for IL4 to give tray quantity. Always round up to the next tray because excess length can be cut away
• Please use stopends if the cavity tray has to be cut down to suitthe project
• Stopends will not be required when the cavity tray run is builtwithin the body of the building i.e. bay windows. For thisapplication the integrated stopend can be built into the nextavailable joint projecting past the abutting roof
• Contact our Sales or Technical Department for pricing and assistance - Telephone 01405 765567
New build applications
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied to be installed over
horizontal abutments on new build applications, ring beam systems,
airbricks, cavity liners, meter boxes, ducts etc.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: .......................................................
e.g. Inter-loc 4 Horizontal Tray (4 – Brick Long)
• Optional Accessories: .......................................................
e.g. Inter-loc Internal Corner Tray
Product codesNew build applicationsInter-loc system horizontal cavity traysDescription Effective length Product codeInter-loc horizontal tray 4 brick Inter-loc 4
Inter-loc horizontal tray 2 brick Inter-loc 2
External 90° corner 1 brick Ext 90
Internal 90° corner 1 brick Int 90
External 135° corner 330mm Ext 135
Internal 135° corner 150mm Int 135
Stopend RH SERH
Stopend LH SELH
Existing build remedial work applications
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied to be installed over horizontal
abutments on existing build applications, ring beam systems, airbricks,
cavity liners, meter boxes, ducts etc.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: Inter-loc 2 (E) Horizontal Tray (2 – Brick Long)
• Optional Accessories: .........................................................................
e.g. EXT90 (E) External Corner 90 Degree
Product codesExisting build remedial work applicationsInter-loc system horizontal cavity traysDescription Effective length Product codeInter-loc horizontal tray 2 brick Inter-loc 2 (E)
External 90° corner 1 brick Ext 90 (E)
Internal 90° corner 1 brick Int 90 (E)
External 135° corner 330mm Ext 135 (E)
Internal 135° corner 150mm Int 135 (E)
Stopend RH SERH
Stopend LH SELH
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
For trays featuring the polystyrene strip mortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of the
required product code. This may incur additional charge.
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
21Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
System 2000 horizontal
cavity traysHorizontal cavity tray system for all types of brick,block and stone new build constructions
Use• At the abutment of a flat roof with a cavity wall
• At the abutment of a lean-to or mono pitch roof with a cavity wall
• Over concrete ring beams
• Over airbricks, cavity liners, ducts, meter boxes, etc.
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Low profile lapped joint between sections allows any length of brick, block or stone to be used without difficulty
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation to allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently if required
• Choice of two lengths: 880mm for general use; 460mm to reduce waste when making up a run of cavity tray to the required length
• System available on request with pre-applied polystyrene strips. Polystyrene offers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installation of post fitted lead work. (May incur additional charge)
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene - virtually indestructible in normal use
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeHorizontal cavity traysThe main cavity tray component. Sections join together by meansof a lapped joint, sealed with factory applied butyl mastic tape, toform the main cavity tray run. Water is gathered by the cavity trayand is discharged from the wall through a series of weep holes.
Corner unitsAllows the integrity of the main cavity tray run to be maintained whenit is necessary to turn a corner on a building. External or internal.
StopendsFitted at the start and finish of the cavity tray run to seal off theopen ends and prevent water running back into the cavity.
Installation advice• Weep holes (Timloc 1143 or TW1) must be provided every 900mm along the cavity tray run to comply with Building Reg.requirements
• Each component fits to the next by means of a lapped joint that is sealed with butyl mastic tape. Surfaces must be clean and dry otherwise a good seal will not be formed
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as the System 2000 it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the external wall and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity trayrun by 830mm. If the calculation does not come to an exactfigure, round up to the next whole number. The 410mm lengthcan be used as a make up piece to reduce waste and cost
• If the cavity tray is required to turn a corner, ensure that thecorrect corner units are ordered
• Always order stopends - typical installations require one righthand and one left hand stopend for the start and finish of the run
• Always state the clear cavity width when ordering
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied to be installed over horizontal
abutments on new build applications, ring beam systems, airbricks,
cavity liners, meter boxes, ducts etc.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: .........................................................................
e.g. 2075/880 (830mm effective length) • Optional accessories: .........................................................................
e.g. 2010 External Corner 90 Degree
Product codesSystem 2000 horizontal cavity trays (new build)Description Overall length Product codes /effective length to suit clear cavity widths of 50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Horizontal tray 880mm/830mm 2075/880 (50) 2075/880 (75) 2075/880 (100)
Horizontal tray 460mm/410mm 2075/460 (50) 2075/460 (75) 2075/460 (100)
External 90º corner N/A 2010 (50) 2010 (75) 2010 (100)
Internal 90º corner N/A 2011 (50) 2011 (75) 2011 (100)
External 135º corner N/A 2012 (50) 2012 (75) 2012 (100)
Internal 135º corner N/A 2013 (50) 2013 (75) 2013 (100)
Stopend RH N/A 2003 2003 2003
Stopend LH N/A 2004 2004 2004
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
For trays featuring the polystyrene strip mortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of the
required product code. This may incur additional charge.
Stopend (LH)Horizontal cavity tray Internal cornerExternal corner
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
22 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
System 2000E horizontal cavitytrays for refurbishmentHorizontal cavity tray system for remedial work on existing walls
Use• For remedial work where a horizontal cavity tray must be inserted into an existing wall
• At the abutment of a flat roof with a cavity wall
• At the abutment of a lean-to or mono pitch roof with a cavity wall
• Over airbricks, cavity liners, ducts, meter boxes, etc.
• On external walls - not exceeding 102.5mm in thickness - built from standard brickwork, blockwork or stone
• Clear Cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• Compact size and design allows insertion into an existing wall without ever having to remove more than three bricks at any one time
• Low profile lapped joint between sections allows for variations in brick size
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only, so there is no need to disturb the inner wall of the building
• The system is available upon request with pre-applied polystyrenestrips. Polystyrene is much easier to rake out than mortar andoffers a visual locator of the cavity tray so aiding the installation ofpost fitted lead work. This may incur additional charge.
Quality• BBA approved• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 : BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeHorizontal cavity traysThe main cavity tray component. Sections join together by meansof a lapped joint, sealed with factory applied butyl mastic tape, toform the main cavity tray run. Water is gathered by the cavity trayand is discharged from the wall through a series of weep holes.
Corner unitsAllows the integrity of the main cavity tray run to be maintained when it is necessary to turn a corner on a building. Available in either external or internal format.
StopendsFitted at the start and finish of the cavity tray run to seal off theopen ends and prevent water running back into the cavity.
Installation advice• Each component is available to suit cavity widths of 50-74mm, 75-99mm and 100-125mm - make sure you select the correct width for the project in hand
• Weep holes (Timloc 1143 or TW1) must be provided every 900mm along the cavity tray run to comply with Building Reg.requirements.
• Each component fits to the next by means of a lapped joint that is sealed with butyl mastic tape. Surfaces must be clean and dry otherwise a good seal will not be formed
• With pre-formed cavity trays such as the System 2000E it is not strictly necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the external wall and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity trayrun by 440mm. If the calculation does not come to an exactfigure, round up to the next whole number
• If the cavity tray is required to turn a corner, ensure that thecorrect, corner units are ordered
• Always order stopends - typical installations require one righthand and one left hand stopend for the start and finish of the run
• Always state the clear cavity width when ordering
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied to be installed over horizontal
abutments on new build applications, ring beam systems, airbricks,
cavity liners, meter boxes, ducts etc.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: 2005E Horizontal Tray (440mm effective length) • Optional Accessories: .........................................................................
e.g. 2006E External Corner 90 degree
Product codesSystem 2000E horizontal cavity trays (existing walls)Description Overall length Product codes /effective length to suit clear cavity widths of 50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Horizontal tray 460mm/440mm 2005E (50) 2005E (75) 2005E (100)
External 90º corner N/A 2006E (50) 2006E (75) 2006E (100)
Internal 90º corner N/A 2007E (50) 2007E (75) 2007E (100)
Stopend RH N/A 2003 2003 2003
Stopend LH N/A 2004 2004 2004Alternatively the Inter-loc system is also suitable for remedial work. Trays to suit clearcavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order. For trays featuring the polystyrene stripmortar barrier insert ‘P’ at the end of the required product code This may incur additionalcharge.
Stopend (LH)E-Horizontal cavity tray Internal cornerExternal corner
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
23Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays
- lead attachedPreformed horizontal leaded cavity tray systemfor new build
Use• At the abutment of a flat roof with a cavity wall
• At the abutment of a lean-to or mono pitch roof with a cavity wall
• Over concrete ring beams
• Over airbricks, cavity liners, ducts, meter boxes, etc.
• On external walls - not exceeding 102.5mm in thickness - built from standard brickwork, blockwork or stone
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• Supplied with factory fitted lead flashing ready cut to suit the pitch of the roof and type of roof covering
• Fits all cavity sizes up to 125mm
• Suitable for brick, block and stone wall construction (cutting of masonry may be required)
• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Angled section between cavity
• Interlocking mechanism for joining tray lengths to eliminate tray jointing
• Built to brick bonding lengths for ease of use
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Built independent to the inner leaf will enable inner and outer leafs to be built independently, if required
• Available in two lengths: 4 brick for general use and 2 brick for reducing waste when making up a run of cavity tray to the required length
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Flashings are Code Blue (milled lead as standard) as defined by BS EN 12588 : 1999 (formally known as Code 4)
• Horizontal Inter-loc units are injection moulded in 2mm polypropylene
• Accessories are vacuum formed in 2mm medium density polyethylene
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeHorizontal Inter-loc cavity traysThe main cavity tray component. Sections join together by meansof a lapped interlocking join, to form the main cavity tray run. Wateris gathered by the cavity tray and is discharged from the wallthrough a series of weep holes - one weep hole per Inter-loc tray isrequired.
Corner unitsAllows the integrity of the main cavity tray run to be maintained when it is necessary to turn a corner on a building. Available ineither external or internal format.
StopendsFitted at the start and finish of the cavity tray run to seal off theopen ends and prevent water running back into the cavity.
Installation advice• Each component is available to suit clear cavity widths of either 50-125mm
• Weep holes must be provided in every cavity tray to comply with Building Regulation requirements. These can be formed by installing a purpose made Timloc plastic wall weep unit
• Each Inter-loc cavity tray fits to the next by means of a lapped interlocking join, as work proceeds while working from right to left
• With rigid pre-formed cavity trays such as the Inter-loc system it is not necessary for the cavity tray to span all the way across the cavity. As long as the cavity tray stands back from the rear face of the external wall and projects back into the cavity far enough to intercept drips falling from the wall ties, then it will perform effectively
Please see technical section for more details.
4 brick (300mm drop lead)
Page 1of 2 see next page
2 brick horizontal cavity
tray (150mm drop lead)
External Corner
(300mm drop lead)
Internal corner 150mm
(drop lead range)
24 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Inter-loc horizontal cavity trays- lead attachedPreformed horizontal leaded cavity tray systemfor new build
How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity tray run by .225 (representing one brick and joint) to give number of bricks required then divide by 2 for IL2 or 4 for IL4 to give tray quantity. Always round up to the next tray because excess length can be cut away
• If the cavity tray is required to turn a corner, ensure that thecorrect corner units are ordered
• Please use stopends if the cavity tray has to be cut down to suitthe project
• Stopends will not be required when the cavity tray run is builtwithin the body of the building i.e. bay windows. For thisapplication the integrated stopend can be built into the nextavailable joint projecting past the abutting roof
• Contact our Sales or Technical Department for pricing and assistance - Telephone 01405 765567
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied with attached lead flashing
to be installed over horizontal roof abutments on new build applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: .........................................................................
e.g. Inter-loc4-150L Horizontal Tray (4 – Brick Long) 150mm lead
• Optional Accessories: .........................................................................
e.g. Inter-loc External 90° Corner Cavity Tray
Product codesNew build applications with lead attached - 150mm drop leadInter-loc system horizontal leaded cavity traysDescription Effective length Product codeInter-loc horizontal tray 4 brick Inter-loc 4-150L
Inter-loc horizontal tray 2 brick Inter-loc 2-150L
External 90° corner 1 brick Ext 90-150L
Internal 90° corner 1 brick Int 90-150L
External 135° corner 330mm Ext 135-150L
Internal 135° corner 150mm Int 135-150L
New build applications with lead attached - 300mm drop leadInter-loc system horizontal leaded cavity traysDescription Effective length Product codeInter-loc horizontal tray 4 brick Inter-loc 4-300L
Inter-loc horizontal tray 2 brick Inter-loc 2-300L
External 90° corner 1 brick Ext 90-300L
Internal 90° corner 1 brick Int 90-300L
External 135° corner 330mm Ext 135-300L
Internal 135° corner 150mm Int 135-300L
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
Page 2 of 2
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
25Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
System 2000 horizontal cavity
trays - lead attachedHorizontal leaded cavity tray system for all types of brick, block and stone new build constructions
Use• At abutment of a lean-to, flat or mono pitch roof and cavity wall
• On external walls - not exceeding 102.5mm in thickness - built from standard brickwork, blockwork or stone
• Clear cavity widths of between 50mm-125mm
Features and benefits• Supplied with factory fitted lead flashing, cut ready for dressing
• 150mm high back upstand exceeds minimum requirements
• Low profile lapped joint between sections allows any length of brick, block or stone to be used without difficulty
• Angled section between cavity tray base and rear upstand automatically sheds water to the outer leaf
• Cavity tray builds into the outer leaf only to speed up installation and allow both inner and outer leafs to be built independently
• Choice of two lengths: 880mm for general use; 460mm to reduce waste when making up a run of cavity tray to the required length
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards and NHBC requirements
Material and colour choice• Vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick MDPE. Black only
• Flashings are Code Blue (milled lead as standard) as defined by BS EN 15288 : 1999 (Formally known as Code 4)
Products in the rangeHorizontal cavity traysThe main cavity tray component. Sections join together by meansof a lapped joint, sealed with factory applied butyl mastic tape, toform the main cavity tray run. Water is gathered by the cavity trayand is discharged from the wall through a series of weep holes.
Corner unitsAllows the integrity of the main cavity tray run to be maintained whenit is necessary to turn a corner on a building. External or internal.
StopendsFitted at the start and finish of the cavity tray run to seal off theopen ends and prevent water running back into the cavity.
Installation advice• Each component is available to suit cavity widths of 50-74mm, 75-99mm and 100-125mm - please select the correct width
• Weep holes must be provided every 900mm along the cavity trayrun to comply with Building Regulation requirements. These can beformed by installing a purpose made Timloc plastic wall weep unit
• Each component fits to the next by means of a lapped joint that is sealed with butyl mastic tape. Surfaces must be clean and dry otherwise a good seal will not be formed
• In areas of severe weather exposure, customers should consider specifying a heavier code of lead and/or mechanically fixing and sealing the lead to prevent uplift
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity trayrun by 830mm. If the calculation does not come to an exactfigure, round up to the next whole number. The 410mm lengthcan be used as a make up piece to reduce waste and cost
• If the cavity tray is required to turn a corner, ensure that thecorrect corner units are ordered
• Always order stopends - typical installations require one righthand and one left hand stopend for the start and finish of the run
• Always state the clear cavity width when ordering
• State whether long (300mm) or short (150mm) leads arerequired. Long leads are used where flashing is required to dressdirectly over the top of the roof tile. Short leads are used wherethere is a soaker or secret gutter detail
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Cavity tray supplied with attached lead flashing
to be installed over horizontal roof abutments on new build applications.
• Build in carefully in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
to ensure a fully watertight installation.
• Cavity Width: ............
• Reference: .........................................................................
e.g. 2075/880 L (830mm effective length) 150mm lead • Optional Accessories: .........................................................................
e.g. 2010 L External Corner 90 Degree (150mm lead)
Product codesSystem 2000 horizontal leaded cavity trays (new build)Description Overall length Product codes /effective length to suit clear cavity widths of 50-74mm 75-99mm 100-125mm
Horizontal tray 880mm/830mm 2075/880L(50) 2075/880L(75)2075/880L(100)
Horizontal tray 460mm/410mm 2075/460L(50) 2075/460L(75)2075/460L(100)
External 90º corner N/A 2010L(50) 2010L(75) 2010L(100)
Internal 90º corner N/A 2011L(50) 2011L(75) 2011L(100)
External 135º corner N/A 2012L(50) 2012L(75) 2012L(100)
Internal 135º corner N/A 2013L(50) 2013 L(75) 2013L(100)
Stopend RH N/A 2003 2003 2003
Stopend LH N/A 2004 2004 2004
Please state whether long or short leads are required.
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 126mm+ can be made to order.
Stopend (LH)Horizontal cavity tray Internal cornerExternal corner
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
26 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Over lintel and parapethorizontal cavity traysA range to protect modern steel lintels,general purpose horizontal and parapetcavity applications
Use• Over steel lintels in external cavity walls (LCT)
• General purpose horizontal cavity applications such as floor beams, abutments and meter boxes (GCT)
• For parapet walls (HPT)
Features and benefits• Fully self supporting cavity tray system built independently from inner leaf
• Available for all coursing heights and styles with options available to suit all cavity variations
• Full range of cut to length sizes available
• No site fabrication, no waste, easy to handle and install
• Consistency and build quality maintained, cost effective
Quality• Tough, durable, scratch resistant and puncture resistant• Manufactured to BS ISO 9001 and BS EN 14001• Meets all relevant British Standards• Meets all documented cavity tray requirements• Meets all NHBC recommendations
Material and colour choice• Manufactured from black 2mm polypropylene
• A high quality product that is rigid yet durable for site conditions
Installation advice• Lintel cavity trays must be combined with lintel stopends and proprietary weep hole units to achieve their full potential of being a system which offers maximum water catchment and discharge properties for above openings
• Standard length 2.5 mtrs in one piece
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Two stopends and weep holes at 450mm centres (minimum of two weep holes) are required per lintel/tray
• Consult lintel manufacturer to confirm lintel upstand height and select next available LCT height (either 100mm, 150mm or 225mm)
• Calculate the length of LCT required by adding a minimum of 300mm to length of lintel. This will give adequate cavity tray length to allow stopends to be inserted into the next perp joint away from the opening
• Add the appropriate LCT length to the product code before ordering
• The standard range of lintel cavity tray has been designed to suit the most popular types of steel lintel
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
485^ PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
To extend not less than 150mm beyond ends of lintels/bridgings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: LCT Lintel Cavity Trays.
• Cavity Rise: .......... (100mm, 150mm or 225mm) • Cavity Width: .......... (50mm, 75mm or 100mm)
Product codesLCT lintel, GCT and HPT horizontal cavity traysDescription Colour Product codes to suit clear cavity widths of 50mm 75mm 100mm
LCT100 Lintel tray Black 5001 5002 5003
LCT150 Lintel tray Black 5004 5005 5006
LCT225 Lintel tray Black 5007 5008 5009
GCT50 Horizontal tray Black 5201
GCT75 Horizontal tray Black 5202
GCT100 Horizontal tray Black 5203
HPT50 Horizontal tray Black 5301
HPT75 Horizontal tray Black 5302
HPT100 Horizontal tray Black 5303
Trays to suit clear cavity widths of 101mm+ can be made to order.
Corners, stopends and joining tape are available to offer a fullysealed/water tight system. Other variants of GCT available to order.
LCT100
Product 5201 Product 5301
LCT150 LCT225
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
27Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Use• Wherever DPC is used to form a horizontal cavity tray
• To substitute the cutting, moulding and sealing of a DPC when forming cavity trays, angles, stop ends and column cloaks
Features and benefits• One piece seamless mouldings eliminate the need for site fabrication to prevent errors through poor workmanship
• Tailor-made to order - manufactured to suit exact customer requirements with delivery to site usually within 10-14 working days
• Easy to handle, flexible, tough, durable and puncture resistant
• Fully compatible with all Timloc DPC and cavity tray systems
• Can be used for multi-storey or high loading applications - will notextrude under loads up to the point of compressive failure of wall
• Wide range of standard components with special, tailor-made accessories also readily available
Quality
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Design principals comply with all relevant Building Regulations and relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Vacuum formed in 2mm medium density polyethylene
• In line heat bending in 2mm polypropylene
• Available in black only
Products in the rangeCavity trays for brick support systemsPier, column and corner cloaksThreshold traysChange of level unitsStop end and junction cappingsRadius unitsRing beam cavity tray systemsParapet cavity tray systemsInstallation advice• As with all DPC systems, purpose made units should always be bedded on to fresh mortar, never dry bedded. The masonry laid over the DPC and purpose made unit should also be bedded on to fresh mortar so that the DPC system is approximately half way through the thickness of the mortar joint
• Continuation of DPC must be lapped on to the purpose made unit by a minimum of 100mm
• All lapped joints must be fully sealed with jointing tape (not all units are supplied with jointing tape attached). It is essential that the jointing surfaces are clean and dry or the jointing surfaces will not seal correctly
• All DPC items should be installed to relevant codes of practice
Please see technical section for more details.How to orderCavity trays are made to order, so please supply full constructiondetails. Ideally these will include a fully dimensioned drawing.
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
385 PREFORMED DPC / CAVITY TRAY JUNCTION CLOAKS / STOPENDS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Preformed made to measure Cavity tray
to be designed to fit around non standard bespoke applications,
such as columns, wind posts, corners, lintels etc
• Seal all laps with dpc and/or cavity trays using adhesive/mastic
in accordance with manufacturers recommendations to ensure a fully
watertight installation.
• Reference: Timloc Purpose Made Cavity Trays • Types shown on drawings.
Threshold trays
Corner expansion joints
Pier and column cloaks
Straight column cloaks
Corner/column stopends
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
Purpose made cavity traysSpecial made to measure damp proof course units for dpc applications
28 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Cavity trays for door and window openings Tailor-made cavity tray systems for alltypes of door/window arches andcircular windows
Use• Around the opening of an external door or window with an arched top or a circular external window
• On external walls - built from brick, block or stone as well as timber frame constructions - of any thickness and any cavity width
Features and benefits• One piece seamless mouldings eliminate the need for site fabrication to prevent errors through poor workmanship
• Tailor-made to order - manufactured to suit exact customer requirements with delivery to site usually within 10-14 working days
• Any size, type or radius of curve can be fabricated
• Can be supplied in two or more sections to allow adjustment on site and easily compensate for building tolerances
• Easy to handle, flexible, tough, durable and puncture resistant
• Fully compatible with all Timloc DPC and cavity tray systems
• Can be used for multi-storey or high loading applications - will notextrude under loads up to the point of compressive failure of wall
• Wide range of standard components with special, tailor-made accessories also readily available
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All products are vacuum formed in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene - virtually indestructible in normal use
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Under normal circumstances the arch and bullseye cavity tray is positioned so that the upstand fits between the door/window frame and the external brickwork. After installation the upstand can be trimmed back flush with the frame and sealed withexterior mastic in the normal way
• Weep holes must be provided at the base of the arch cavity tray at both sides of the opening. These can be formed by installing a purpose made Timloc plastic wall weep unit (product 1143/TW1)
• When the arch and bullseye cavity tray is supplied in two or more sections, each section fits to the next by means of a lapped joint that is sealed with butyl mastic tape. Surfaces must be clean and dry otherwise a good seal will not be formed
• Arch and bullseye cavity trays are usually supplied with anintegral flap which builds in to the inner leaf to ensure it is heldsecurely in position. If building-in is not possible. e.g. with a
timber frame construction, the cavity tray flap should bemechanically fixed to the inner leaf
Please see technical section for more details.How to orderArch cavity trays are made to order, so please supply full construction details. Ideally these will include a fully dimensioneddrawing showing door/window opening size and wall constructiondetails. If this is not possible the minimum information required is:
• Thickness of outer leaf and cavity width
• Clear opening width and height of door/window opening
• Radius of curvature
• Position of spring line
• With this data Timloc will be able to produce and despatch a dimensioned drawing for your approval.
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
385 PREFORMED DPC / CAVITY TRAY JUNCTION CLOAKS / STOPENDS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Preformed Arch Cavity Tray to be positioned
directly over external arch window features/lintels.
• Seal all laps with dpc and/or cavity trays using adhesive/mastic
in accordance with manufacturers recommendations to ensure a fully
watertight installation.
• Reference: SPA Arch Dpc Cavity Tray • Diameter: ............ Types & sizes as shown on drawings/window schedule.
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
385 PREFORMED DPC / CAVITY TRAY JUNCTION CLOAKS / STOPENDS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Preformed Circular Cavity Tray to be positioned
directly around external circular window features/lintels.
• Seal all laps with dpc and/or cavity trays using adhesive/mastic
in accordance with manufacturers recommendations to ensure a fully
watertight installation.
• Reference: SPB Bullseye Dpc Cavity Tray • Diameter: ............ Types & sizes as shown on drawings/window schedule.
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
29Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Lintel stopends
A range of profiles to protect modern steel lintels
Use• On steel lintels situated in external walls
• On external walls - not exceeding 102.5mm in thickness - built in standard brick, block or stone
Features and benefits• Purpose made and pre-formed to guarantee an accurate fit on most popular types of steel lintel
• Far more accurate and reliable than site-formed stopends, or than folding up the ends of the over-lintel DPC
• Factory fitted butyl mastic seal ensures a secure and watertight bond to the lintel
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Injection moulded in polypropylene
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Use wherever water could collect on an external lintel. Designed to prevent water running off the ends of the lintel and back into the cavity
• To work effectively lintel stopends should be placed directly ontop of the front flange of the lintel, or over-lintel DPC, as close tothe ends as the brick bonding will allow
• The area on the lintel where the lintel stopends are placed must be clean and dry otherwise the pre-applied butyl mastic tape will not seal correctly
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Two stopends are required per lintel
65mm
95mm
15mm
90°
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
485^ CAVITY TRAYS OVER OPENINGS AND OTHER CAVITY BRIDGINGS
To be installed at each end of Cavity Tray over lintels/bridgings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: LS01 Lintel Stopends to suit
LS01
90°
30 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Cavity wall weepsMulti-function products for discharging water from external walls
UseAny situation where water must be discharged froman external wall, e.g:
• At ground floor slab level
• Within cavity tray systems
• Over external lintels
• Where a cavity must be ventilated
• On external walls - 100mm or more in thickness - built from brick, block or stone
Features and benefits• Purpose made and pre-formed to guarantee reliable discharge of water
• Less prone to inadvertent pointing-up than weep holes formed by simply leaving the perp. joint open
• Integral front grille prevents entry of large nest building insects into the cavity when using product 1143
• 4mm wide front aperture prevents entry of large nest building insects into the cavity when using product TW1
• Range of colours to blend with brick or mortar colour - (products 1143 and TW1 only) - Terracotta, buff, brown, clear, white, grey or black
• Longer lengths built up with extension pieces
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Products 1143 and TW1 are injection moulded in UV stabilisedpolypropylene
• Product 1143 is available in a choice of buff, terracotta, grey, brown, black or white and to special order in clear/natural
• Product TW1 is available as standard in a choice of buff, terracotta, or grey and to special order in brown, black, clear/natural or white
• Products 1144 is available in natural only
Products in the systemWall weep vents - Product 1143A cavity wall weep/vent specifically intended for use with standardbrick,block or stone external walls of thickness between100-102.5mm.
Concealed wall weeps - Product TW1A special low profile cavity wall weep specifically intended for usewith standard brick, block or stone external walls of thicknessbetween 100-102.5mm.
Weep extension - Product 1144A simple 50mm ‘straight through’ wall weep extension. Provides the maximum clear opening in the mortar joint with no restrictions. It is available in natural colour only.
Installation advice• Wall weeps should be used wherever water could collect inside a cavity wall, such as over external lintels, or wherever a cavity tray system is installed
• To work effectively wall weeps should be placed directly on top of the base of a cavity tray or DPC, or on the front flange of the lintel
• Wall weeps should be spaced at 450mm centres to comply with NHBC recommendations
• Care should be taken to ensure the wall weep is kept clear of mortar and does not become blocked. This is particularly important at the back of the weep which could be blocked by mortar droppings from above
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the cavity tray, DPC or lintel by 450mm and round up to the nearest whole number
• Check that the external wall is a standard 102.5mm brick or 100mmblock thickness, if it is not please state the thickness on your order
• State the product number, type, colour etc. on your order
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
132^ WEEP HOLES
• Form with plastics perpend units to manufacturers recommendations
at not greater than 900mm centres immediately above base of cavity,
external openings and stepped dpcs. Provide not less than two weep holes
over openings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: 1143/TW1 • Colour: ............... (Black, White, Brown, Buff, Grey or Terracotta)
Product codesCavity wall weepsHeight Width Length Colour Product code65mm 10mm 100mm Various 1143
15mm - 65mm 10mm 100mm Various TW1
State required colour at the end of the required product code:
TE: Terracotta, BU: Buff, BR: Brown, CL:Clear, WH: White, GR: Grey, BL: Black.
Cavity weep extensionsHeight Width Length Colour Product code65mm 10mm 50mm Natural 1144
NB. 1143 Airflow = 165mm2 Free area/unit
1143 1144 TW1
31Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Insulation retaining discs
A universal insulation retaining disc to suit most styles and size of wall ties
Use• A universally designed insulation retaining disc
• Suitable for general purpose, light duty and heavy duty applications
Features and benefits• Will fit most wall ties available from leading wall tie manufacturers
• Suitable for both fibre and rigid slab insulation
• Firm grip design that will not move on the wall tie
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured from polypropylene
• Available in red
Products in the rangeInsulation retaining disc in red - Product IRD80RInsulation retaining disc in black - Product IRD65BLKInstallation advice• Insulation retaining discs should be fitted to every wall tie for applications when insulation retainers are required
• Spacing and quantity calculations should be as wall tie guidance
• Consult latest NHBC Standards for required spacing
• ‘Where partial cavity fill is to be used,’ ties/discs should be spacedat 600mm centres horizontally and in vertical as well ashorizontal rows, ie not staggered
• Retaining discs are clipped onto wall ties either before building in or in situ
• Due to the firm grip design the disc may require opening slightly to accept the wall tie
• It is recommended that the wall tie is held in position when the disc is offered and clipped in place
Please see technical section for more details.
How to orderContact our Sales Department - Telephone 01405 765567.
Product codesInsulation retaining discDescription Colour/finish Diameter Product codeInsulation retaining disc Red 80mm IRD80R
Insulation retaining disc Black 65mm IRD65BLK
Available in minimum quantities of 1000 number
32 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Technical information & installation advice
Horizontal cavity traysHorizontal cavity trays are those which run horizontally withinthe wall and are appropriate in such situations as:
• At the abutment of a flat roof with a cavity wall
• At the abutment of a lean-to roof with a cavity wall
• Above door or window openings
• Above the edge of a concrete slab or ring beam
• Above airbricks or meter boxes
• Above ducts, pipes or cavity liners which pass through an external wall.
When specifying or installing horizontal cavity trays it is important to consider the following recommendations:
• Allow for the run of cavity trays to be slightly longer than theoverall width of the roof abutment or area requiring cavity trayprotection. A minimum projection of 150mm at each end of thecavity tray run is recommended
• When installing horizontal cavity trays over a roof abutment the lineof the cavity trays should be approximately 150mm above the topof the finished roof line. This distance will vary slightly dependingon how the roof line falls with the coursing on the face of the wall,however, it must be a minimum of 75mm above the top of the finished roof line. The exposed area between the base of thecavity tray and the roof covering must then be fully protected byan appropriate external flashing (see lead flashing section)
• Cavity trays must always be bedded onto fresh mortar, never dry bedded. The masonry which is then laid over the cavity trays must also be bedded onto fresh mortar with theresult that the base of the cavity tray is positioned approximatelyhalf way through the mortar joint
• The cavity area must be kept clean and free from mortardroppings and debris. A build-up of mortar within the cavity traycould seriously affect the cavity trays performance
• A stopend must always be fitted at the start and finish of a run of cavity trays. The Inter-loc range has integrated stop ends, but the System 2000 requires separate stop end units. These stopends fit by means of a pre-applied butyl mastic seal. In order for this to seal correctly it is essential that the release paper is removed, the joint area is clean and dry and pressure is applied along the full length of the joint area once the stopend and cavity tray are brought together
• It will usually be necessary to link a number of cavity tray sectionsin order to form a continuous cavity tray run of the requiredlength. The Inter-loc range has an integrated capping system forjoining units whereas System 2000 has cavity tray sections thatlink by means of a lapped joint with a pre-applied butyl masticseal. In order for this to seal correctly it is essential that the release
paper is removed, the joint area is clean and dry and pressure is applied along the full length of the joint area once the two sections of cavity tray are brought together. If there is any doubt about the integrity of any joint do not proceed with further installation until the joint is made good - apply additional sealant if necessary
• Weep holes must be provided in the face of the wall along the runof the cavity trays. These are essential as without weep holes thewater collected by the cavity trays cannot discharge from the wall.Weep holes can be formed by simply installing a Timloc purpose-made plastic wall weep unit (product 1143/TW1) of the type shownunder our cavity wall weep section. Weep holes should be spacedevery 450mm along the run of cavity trays over lintels and 900mmover horizontal cavity trays. Ensure one weep per Inter-loc tray
• If it is necessary for the cavity trays to turn around a corner on the building always use a purpose made one piece corner unit. Never try to site fabricate this critical detail
• High quality workmanship, cleanliness and attention to detail are essential with all cavity tray installations. If there is any doubtregarding the correct method of installation assistance must besought from the Timloc Technical Services Department orTimloc’s Regional Technical Adviser.
Stepped cavity traysStepped cavity trays are those which step up the wall in order to follow the abutment of a pitched roof with a cavity wall.
When specifying or installing stepped cavity trays it is important to consider the following recommendations:
• Ensure that the run of cavity trays protects the abutment fully from eaves to ridge. The first (lowest) cavity tray should ideally project just beyond the eaves line of the roof. Further cavity trays must then be installed on every course for the full length of the abutting roof slope
• The cavity trays should be positioned on a line parallel to and 75mm above the top of the finished roof line. In order to set out the cavity trays accurately it is essential that some sort of guide line is set up for the bricklayer to work to. Allowance must be made for the thickness of the roof timbers, tiles, battens, etc. so that the line represents the top of the finished roof line. This is most easily achieved if an appropriate roof truss is available which can be set up in the correct position and used to secure the guide line
• Cavity trays must always be bedded onto fresh mortar,never dry bedded. The masonry which is then laid over thecavity trays must also be bedded onto fresh mortar with theresult that the base of the cavity tray is positioned approximatelyhalf way through the mortar joint
150mm
Cavity trays
Page 1of 5 see next page
33Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Technical information & installation advice
• High quality workmanship, cleanliness and attention to detail are essential with all cavity tray installations. If there is any doubtregarding the correct method of installation assistance must besought from the Timloc Technical Services Department orTimloc’s Regional Technical Adviser.
Cavity widthsThere are a wide range of cavity widths used in UK building practice.
The standard Timloc Everdry cavity trays are adjustable for a largecavity range. Fixed options are available in three cavity width sizes of 50mm, 75mm and 100mm, which will satisfactorily cover the vastmajority of applications.
In the case of our fixed cavity range it is not necessary for the tray to exactly match the wall cavity width. Please consider the following points:
• It is important to ensure that the cavity tray is not too wide to suit the wall cavity, otherwise it will be difficult or impossible to fit, e.g. do not try to fit a 100mm cavity width tray into an 80mm wall cavity
• If the actual wall cavity width falls between the standard Timloc sizes then the cavity width should be rounded down, e.g. for a 65mm wall cavity width use the 50mm cavity width tray
• The cavity tray does not need to fully fill the wall cavity. As longas the tray projects more than half way across the wall cavity thenit will function correctly
Page 2 of 5
• The cavity area must be kept clean and free from mortar droppings and debris. A build-up of mortar within the cavity tray could seriously affect the cavity trays performance
• The first cavity tray installed at the lowest point on the abutment must always be a starter tray of some description. This type of tray is closed at both ends and collects the water which has been gathered by the rest of the cavity tray system. If the side wall of the abutting building lies within the width of the main building then a stopend starter tray is used. If the side wall of the abutting building is in line with, or steps out beyond, the side wall of the main building then a corner starter tray is used
• The main body of the cavity tray run is made up of a series of intermediate trays with one positioned on every course for thefull length of the abutment. Intermediate trays have one closedend and one open end which results in them being either left orright handed. It is very important to ensure that the correct hand is used to suit the direction of roof slope. The closed end of theintermediate tray must be positioned closest to the roof line withthe open end pointing away from the roof. The corner of theclosed end of the tray should be positioned on the guide line,75mm above the finished roof line
• Each cavity tray should overlap the next. If it is found that there is little or no overlap between the cavity trays, when they are correctly positioned on the guide line, then something is wrong - check with Timloc Technical Department
• Weep holes must be provided in the face of the wall. These areessential as without weep holes the water collected by the cavitytrays cannot discharge from the wall. In sheltered areas where the cavity trays are not required to cope with serious water penetration for long periods then a single weep hole issatisfactory, positioned at the bottom of the run in the stopendstarter tray or corner starter tray. However, in more exposedlocations, or if it is known that particularly porous facingbrickwork is being used, then additional weep holes must beprovided at other locations along the run of cavity trays - pleaseconsult Timloc Technical Services Department. Weep holes canbe formed by leaving perp. joints open and free from mortar orby installing purpose made plastic wall weep units
Below gives a general impressionof how a complete cavity tray system should be set out.
34 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Technical information & installation advice
Cavity insulationThe use of cavity insulation can have an effect on the cavity trays,please consider the following:
• Partial fill cavity insulation has the effect of reducing the clear cavity width within the wall. If the remaining clear cavity in front of the insulation is at least 50mm wide then it is best to size the cavity trays according to this clear cavity width. This will avoid having to cut or remove insulation material unnecessarily.
• Full fill cavity insulation generally leaves no space for the cavitytrays to be fitted. The insulation must be cut in order to allow thecavity trays to be fitted to form a localised clear cavity of no lessthan 50mm. This will prevent cold bridging while allowing installation behind the cavity tray. Cavity tray selection will bebased on the clear cavity provided.
Important note - It is essential that full fill cavity insulation systems use materials which are impervious to water penetration.Any insulation materials which could absorb or transmit water could allow water to track across the cavity or past the cavity traysand would seriously impair the performance of the cavity trays
• Post installed pumped or blown insulation systems are not recommended for use in areas containing cavity trays. The lack of monitoring or control during the installation of these systemsmeans that it is impossible to check whether the insulationmaterial has affected the functioning of the cavity trays.
Lead flashingsIn most cases a cavity tray will be required to work in conjunctionwith a lead flashing at a roof/wall abutment. The cavity trayprotects the inside of the outer leaf and the cavity and the leadflashing protects the face of the outer leaf and the junctionbetween the roof covering and the wall.
The lead flashings associated with cavity trays can be dealt with inone of two ways. Either as a factory fitted integral part of the cavitytray or as an independent flashing fitted separately to the cavitytray. When specifying or installing cavity trays and lead flashings itis important to consider the following recommendations:
Leaded cavity trays with factory fitted integral flashings• In the case of stepped cavity trays it is very important to specify the exact pitch of the roof. The lead flashings are accurately cut to suit the specified pitch and will look aesthetically incorrect if used on any other roof pitch
• All leaded cavity trays are available with a choice of ‘long’ or ‘short’ leads and it is important to specify which is preferred. The general rule is that long leads are used where the flashing is required to dress down over the surface of the roof covering and short leads are used in conjunction with a separate soaker or secret gutter detail. It is important to remember that this is just a general rule and many specifiers and end users have their own preferences as to how the flashings should be dressed. Timloc must be informed of any specific requirements
Page 3 of 5
35Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Technical information & installation advice
• Unless otherwise specified by the customer all leaded cavity traysare supplied fitted with Code Blue lead. The specifier or end usershould bear in mind that a heavier code of lead may be preferablein situations where severe weather exposure is anticipated in order to withstand wind uplift and provide improved weather performance. It is the customers responsibility to inform Timloc if the building will be subject to severe weather exposure or if aheavier code of lead is preferred
• It is strongly recommended that the laps on the lead flashings are sealed using an exterior grade mastic. This will assist in preventing wind uplift and will reduce the possibility of wind blown rain being driven between the flashings. In areas of very severe weather exposure it is recommended that all flashings are mechanically fixed in order to prevent uplift
• In situations where cavity trays with short leads are to be used it is important that equal attention is paid to the construction and fitting of the soakers or secret gutter. They must include adequate laps and an upstand of at least 75mm against the wall
• High quality workmanship and attention to detail are essential when dressing the lead flashings. Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the Lead Sheet Manual published by The Lead Sheet Association
Secondary lead flashings fitted separately to the cavity trays• As the cavity trays are installed it is important to rake out the mortar below the base of the cavity tray to a depth of 25mm. This is to provide an opening in which to insert the lead flashing. It is preferable to rake out the mortar while it is still green, once the mortar has set it will be difficult to cut a chase for the lead without causing damage to the base of the cavity tray
• The lead must be inserted below the base of the cavity tray and let into the wall by 25mm. Lead wedges should be used to securethe lead in place and these should be driven in above the base ofthe cavity tray. This has the effect of forcing the lead and cavitytray together
• The flashings should now be dressed into position according to the flashing detail which is required
• Once the lead has been fitted and dressed into position the mortar joint should be made good. It is preferable if the gapbetween the lead and cavity tray is sealed using an exterior grademastic. This will provide a far better weather proof seal thanwould be achieved if it was simply re-pointed with mortar
• High quality workmanship and attention to detail are essential when fitting and dressing the lead flashings and any associated items such as soakers or secret gutter. Timloc strongly recommends that the weather exposure of the site is considered when selecting the code of lead which is to be used and that reference is made to the Lead Sheet Manual published by The Lead Sheet Association.
Stopends and wall weepsThe fundamental principles of a cavity tray system are that the water which has penetrated the wall must be collected, containedand then discharged back out of the wall. Two items which are vitally important in allowing this to be achieved are stopends and wall weeps:
• Stopends assist in containing the water. They prevent the water from running off the end of the cavity tray and back into the wall. They may take the form of an add-on stopend unit in the case of horizontal cavity trays or a dedicated stopend starter tray in the case of stepped cavity trays. Never specify, order or install cavity trays without the appropriate stopend components
• Wall weeps allow the water which has been collected by the cavitytrays to be discharged from the wall. Without wall weeps the majority of the water collected by the cavity trays will remain inthe trays. At times of severe weather this could lead to waterbuilding up to such a level that the cavity trays can no longerfunction correctly. Always allow for wall weeps to be included inevery stopend starter tray and to be spaced at 900mm centresalong the full length of any horizontal cavity tray ensuring oneweep per Inter-loc tray.
LintelsLintels over external windows and door openings usually require cavity tray protection. The requirement for a cavity tray will be onthe request of the lintel manufacturer and/or the constructiondesigner.
Timloc offer a comprehensive range of preformed cavity trays for lintel protection with profile options to suit most lintelmanufacturers.
• As with any type of cavity tray the lintel tray should be bedded onto fresh mortar and not dry bedded. The final effect should be that the cavity tray is positioned approximately half waythrough the horizontal mortar joint
• The cavity lintel tray should at least cover the full length of the lintel. Ideally the cavity tray should project slightly beyond the lintel at both ends and must project at least 150mm beyond the sides of the door or window opening
• Stopends and wall weeps are essential if the lintel cavity tray is to function correctly (see previous section)
• Purpose made lintel stopends are manufactured by Timloc and are shaped to suit the profile of popular makes and sizes of steel lintel. These stopends are supplied complete with a factory fitted butyl mastic strip for sealing them onto the lintel or lintel DPC. For this butyl mastic strip to seal correctly it is essential that the release paper is removed, the joint area is clean and dry and firm pressure is applied along the full length of the joint area
• Wall weeps must be positioned along the front flange of the lintel spaced at approximately 450mm centres. There must be at least two wall weeps per lintel, even if the lintel is very short
• During construction make sure that the cavity area is kept clean andfree from mortar droppings and other debris. A build up of mortaron the lintel cavity tray could adversely affect its performance
Page 4 of 5
36 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity Trays
Technical information & installation advice
Structural implicationsWhen cavity trays or DPC’s are correctly installed the ability of a wall to sustain and transmit compressive loads will not beadversely affected.
The presence of any kind of cavity tray or DPC can reduce the tensile strength of a wall at that point and the building designer may need to take this into account.
Product selection and calculationof quantitiesTimloc recommend that customers take advantage of the TechnicalAdvisory Service which is freely available to all users and specifiers of Timloc products. The Technical Services Department will bepleased to advise on the most suitable products to meet the application and will prepare a fully itemised schedule of quantities.Please provide as much information as possible, including drawings if they are available. All enquiries should include the following information as a minimum requirement:
• The materials used for construction of the outer leaf, i.e. brick, block or stone, including the bed thickness and course height
• The overall structural cavity width within the wall
• The type and thickness of any insulation material used within the wall cavity
• The pitch of the roof (in the case of pitched roof abutments)
• The type of roof covering or state whether long or short leads are required (in the case of leaded cavity trays)
• Clear dimensional information or accurate scale drawings relevant to the areas requiring cavity trays
• Comments with regard to the weather exposure of the site
• Any specific or non-standard requirements are to be clearly stated.
Calculating quantities of cavity trays
Stepped cavity traysStepped cavity trays are used where a pitched roof abuts a cavitywall. To calculate the quantity of trays required to cover a section of roof abutment one of three measurements must be determined,either the vertical height or the sloping or horizontal length of theabutment. If the vertical height is measured, simply divide this distance by the coursing height of the material being used for construction.
E.g. If the vertical height is 1.5m and the wall is standard 75mm brick coursing (NB 75mm = 0.075m) the equation would be 1.5 � 0.075 = 20. Therefore 20 No. cavity trays are required persloping abutment.
If the sloping or horizontal distance has been measured the tablesshown below should be used to convert the distance (measured in metres) into the quantity of cavity trays. Take care to select the correct table and the appropriate column which relates to the coursing height and the pitch of the abutting roof.
E.g. If the sloping measurement is 2.5m, at a pitch of 30°, with a 75mm brick coursing height the equation would be 2.5 x 6.7 = 16.75. This would be rounded up, so 17 No. cavity trays are required.
E.g. If the horizontal measurement is 1.5m, at a pitch of 40°, with a 150mm stone coursing height the equation would be 1.5 x 5.6 = 8.4. This would be rounded down, so 8 No. cavity trays are required.
Page 5 of 5
Stepped cavity trays sloping measurement Coursing heightRoof pitch 75mm 150mm 200mm 225mm brick stone block block10° 2.3 1.2 0.9 0.8
12.5° 2.9 1.4 1.1 1.0
15° 3.5 1.7 1.3 1.2
17.5° 4.0 2.0 1.5 1.3
20° 4.6 2.3 1.7 1.5
22.5° 5.1 2.6 1.9 1.7
25° 5.6 2.8 2.1 1.9
27.5° 6.2 3.1 2.3 2.1
30° 6.7 3.3 2.5 2.2
32.5° 7.2 3.6 2.7 2.4
35° 7.7 3.8 2.9 2.6
37.5° 8.1 4.1 3.0 2.7
40° 8.6 4.3 3.2 2.9
42.5° 9.0 4.5 3.4 3.0
45° 9.4 4.7 3.5 3.1
Stepped cavity trays horizontal measurement Coursing heightRoof pitch 75mm 150mm 200mm 225mm brick stone block block10° 2.4 1.2 0.9 0.8
12.5° 3.0 1.5 1.1 1.0
15° 3.6 1.8 1.3 1.2
17.5° 4.2 2.1 1.6 1.4
20° 4.9 2.4 1.8 1.6
22.5° 5.5 2.8 2.1 1.8
25° 6.2 3.1 2.3 2.1
27.5° 7.0 3.5 2.6 2.3
30° 7.7 3.9 2.9 2.6
32.5° 8.5 4.3 3.2 2.8
35° 9.3 4.7 3.5 3.1
37.5° 10.2 5.1 3.8 3.4
40° 11.2 5.6 4.2 3.7
42.5° 12.2 6.1 4.6 4.1
45° 13.3 6.7 5.0 4.4
Horizontal cavity traysCalculating the quantity of horizontal cavity trays required is reasonably straightforward. Simply measure the overall width of theabutting roof, or width of the area where cavity tray protection isrequired, and divide this measurement by the effective length of the cavity tray component which you have chosen to use.
E.g. If you have an abutment 2.5m in width and you are using a2005E horizontal tray, divide 2.5m by the effective length of thetray, which in this case is 440mm or 0.44m. This gives an answer of 5.68, which would be rounded up to 6 No.
Pitch
Horizontalmeasurement
Verticalheight
Sloping
measurem
ent
•• Specification and product selection advice • in person, by e-mail or over the phone
•
•
• Free project scheduling service • from project specification or drawings
•
•
•
• On-site installation guidance • + site tool box sessions
•
•
•
•
• Production training • for specifiers, sellers, stockists and installers •
•
•
•
•
• Plot specific order packing upon request
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Bespoke design and manufacturing expertise • supporting extensive product range
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Nationwide availability
So much more than just a supplier…Timloc Cavity Trays
Contact the Timloc Technical Team to learn about how you can benefit further from our cavity tray support: Call. 01405 765567
Email. [email protected]
www.timloc.co.uk
38 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire& acoustic stops
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops Technical information & installation advice:
Thermo-loc standard cavity closers
Thermo-loc plus X closers
Thermo-loc FR 30 minute fire rated cavity closers
Thermo-loc multi cavity closers
Acoustray perimeter cavity stops
Acousdpc vertical cavity stops
Acoustop cavity stop socks
39-4041-4243-444546-4748-4950
Cavity closers51
39Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Use• To close the cavity at external doors, window jambs and sills
• To provide thermal insulation and prevent ‘cold bridging’
• To provide a DPC at external doors, window jambs or sills
Features and benefits• Provides an effective DPC and thermal barrier between frame, inner and outer wall leaf
• Thermal conductivity of 0.038W/mk
• Exceeds the minimum thermal resistance path of 0.45m2K/W stipulated in Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Rigid profile extrusion allows both first and second fix
• Components available to make up ‘on-site’ frame formers
• Suitable for all frame and sill positions (see fig.1)
• Durable and resistant to decay
• Simple on-site trimming to cope with ‘rogue’ cavity widths
• Global warming potential of less than 5
• Ozone depletion potential of zero
Quality• LABC Registered Detail
• Satisfies NHBC Standards
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents C (2004 edition), L1 & L2 (2013 editions)
• Complies with Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Satisfies BRE document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’
• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Rigid profile extruded in white UPVC
• Supplied in 2.4 metre lengths
• Standard cavity options available 50mm - 150mm
• Expanded Polystyrene insulation 0.038W/mk
• Wider cavities available to special order
Installation advice• Can be used in both first and second fix applications
• Cut the cavity closer into required lengths allowing the jamb section to overlap the sill section and to butt the underside of the lintel
• In first fix application the cavity closer should be nailed to the jamb/sill of the door or window frame and the whole assembly built in as work proceeds. Alternatively the closer can be built in sections using fixing ties as work proceeds or pre built to act as an opening former by using a timber brace (see fig.2a) and corner forms (see fig.2b)
• For second fix applications, the cavity closer is pushed into the open cavity after building work is complete. The compressible nature of the exposed insulation material is used to create a friction fit in the cavity, or alternatively the insulation can be trimmed to fit using a sharp knife
• Joining ‘off cut’ sections should be kept to a minimum and not carried out to sill sections. Sections are joined by mitre cutting the closer profile to allow the downward cut to run away from the jamb. Insulation should be extended from the lower closer profile to allow this to slot into the upper profile to maintain arigid section. All overlaps to be tape sealed
Page 1 of 2 see next page
CC2.4 profile (insulation omitted)CCFIX
CCFORM/75
Fig.1
Flush jamb Fully rebated (check reveal)
Staggered jamb Sill detail
Thermo-loc standard cavity closersUniversal closers for eliminating damp and ‘cold bridging’ around doors, windows and sills
40 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Thermo-loc standard cavity closersUniversal closers for eliminating damp and ‘cold bridging’ around doors, windows and sills
How to order• Establish the cavity width and select the correct cavity closer width, or the next size up to ensure the cavity can be closed
• In jamb and sill applications, first estimate the total length ofcavity closer required, then order the correct number of individual2.4 metre lengths so no joint pieces
• To use as window formers allow two CCFORM’s per opening to support closer in lower corners
• Fixing ties are available for secure fixing if required (particular attention around door openings). Allow for ties fitted at 450mm centres
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
180 CAVITY CLOSURES FOR CLOSING AROUND WINDOW & DOOR OPENINGS
To extend not less than 150mm beyond ends of lintels/bridgings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference:…..eg. CC2.4 EPS/75 (Thermo-loc Cavity Closer, Expanded
Polystyrene, 2.4m, 75mm cavity)
• Accessories: Fixing ties available, 6 No. per 2.4m cavity closer & corner
forms for making opening formers. Jointing tape available.
Product codesThermo-loc standard cavity closersDescription Cavity width Length Pack Product codeThermo-loc EPS 50mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 EPS/50
Thermo-loc EPS 75mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 EPS/75
Thermo-loc EPS 90mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 EPS/90
Thermo-loc EPS 100mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 EPS/100
Thermo-loc EPS 125mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 EPS/125
Thermo-loc EPS 150mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 EPS/150
Thermo-loc corner form 50mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/50
Thermo-loc corner form 75mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/75
Thermo-loc corner form 90mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/90
Thermo-loc corner form 100mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/100
Fixing tie - - 30 CCFIX
Insulation type Thermal conductivityStandard Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) 0.038W/mK
Technical considerations• BRE Document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’ and Robust Details stipulate: “When a window or door frame is set backbehind the inner face of a dense outer masonry leaf, it shouldoverlap an insulated closer by a minimum of 30mm for BREexposure zones Sheltered to Severe; but fully rebated (checkreveals) for zones Very Severe” (see fig.3)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed any of the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They have an ozone depletion potential of zero and global warming potential of less than 5
Page 2 of 2
Fig.3
At least 30mm overlap
Fig.2a Timber bracing to former
Fig.2b Formed closer using CCFORM
41Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Thermo-loc plus X cavity closers
Higher insulation closers for eliminating damp and‘cold bridging’ around doors, windows and sills
Use• To close the cavity at external doors, window jambs and sills
• To provide thermal insulation and prevent ‘cold bridging’
• To provide a DPC at external doors, window jambs or sills
• To provide higher insulation properties than standard polystyrene
Features and benefits• Provides an effective DPC and thermal barrier between frame, inner and outer wall leaf
• Thermal conductivity of 0.028W/mK
• Exceeds the minimum thermal resistance path of 0.45m2K/W stipulated in Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Rigid profile extrusion allows both first and second fix
• Components available to make up ‘on-site’ frame formers
• Suitable for all frame and sill positions (see fig.1)
• Durable and resistant to decay
• Insulation option to suit your requirements both thermal and fire rated
• Simple on-site trimming to cope with ‘rogue’ cavity widths
• Better insulation properties than standard Polystyrene
• Global warming potential of 1
• Ozone depletion potential of zero
Quality• LABC Registered Detail
• BBA Approved
• Satisfies NHBC Standards
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and IS BN ISO 14001
• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents C (2004 edition), L1 & L2 (2013 editions)
• Complies with Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Satisfies BRE document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’
• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Rigid profile extruded in white UPVC
• Supplied in 2.4 metre lengths
• Standard cavity options available 50mm - 150mm
• Extruded Polystyrene insulation 0.028W/mk
• Wider cavities available to special order
Installation advice• Can be used in both first and second fix applications
• Cut the cavity closer into required lengths allowing the jamb section to overlap the sill section and to butt the underside of the lintel
• In first fix application the cavity closer should be nailed to thejamb/sill of the door or window frame and the whole assembly builtin as work proceeds. Alternatively the closer can be built in sectionsusing fixing ties as work proceeds or pre built to act as an openingformer by using a timber brace (fig.2a) and corner forms (fig.2b)
• For second fix applications, the cavity closer is pushed into the open cavity after building work is complete. The compressible nature of theexposed insulation material is used to create a friction fit in the cavity,or alternatively the insulation can be trimmed to fit using a sharp knife
• Joining ‘off cut’ sections should be kept to a minimum and not carried out to sill sections. Sections are joined by mitre cutting the closer profile to allow the downward cut to run away from the jamb. Insulation should be extended from the lower closer profile to allow this to slot into the upper profile to maintain a rigid section. All overlaps to be tape sealed
Page 1 of 2 see next page
CC2.4 profile (insulation omitted) CCFIX
CCFORM/75
Fig.1
Flush jamb Fully rebated (check reveal)
Staggered jamb Sill detail
42 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
How to order• Establish the cavity width and select the correct cavity closer width, or the next size up to ensure the cavity can be closed
• In jamb and sill applications, first estimate the total length ofcavity closer required, then order the correct number of individual 2.4 metre lengths so no joint pieces
• To use as window formers allow two CCFORM’s per opening to support closer in lower corners
• Fixing ties are available for secure fixing if required (particular attention around door openings). Allow for ties fitted at 450mm centres
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
180 CAVITY CLOSURES FOR CLOSING AROUND WINDOW & DOOR OPENINGS
To extend not less than 150mm beyond ends of lintels/bridgings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference:…..eg. CC2.4 XPS/75 (Thermo-loc Cavity Closer, Extruded
Polystyrene, 2.4m, 75mm cavity)
• Accessories: Fixing ties available, 6 No. per 2.4m cavity closer & corner
forms for making opening formers. Jointing tape available.
Product codesThermo-loc plus X and plus C cavity closersDescription Cavity width Length Pack Product codeThermo-loc plus X 50mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 XPS/50
Thermo-loc plus X 75mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 XPS/75
Thermo-loc plus X 90mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 XPS/90
Thermo-loc plus X 100mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 XPS/100
Thermo-loc plus X 125mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 XPS/125
Thermo-loc plus X 150mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 XPS/150
Thermo-loc corner form 50mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/50
Thermo-loc corner form 75mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/75
Thermo-loc corner form 90mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/90
Thermo-loc corner form 100mm 175mm 2 CCFORM/100
Fixing tie - - 30 CCFIX Insulation options Thermal conductivityExtruded Polystyrene (plus X) 0.028W/mK
Technical considerations• BRE Document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’ and Robust Details stipulate: “When a window or door frame is set backbehind the inner face of a dense outer masonry leaf, it shouldoverlap an insulated closer by a minimum of 30mm for BREexposure zones Sheltered to Severe; but fully rebated (checkreveals) for zones Very Severe” (see fig.3)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed any of the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They have an ozone depletion potential of zero and global warming potential of 1
Page 2 of 2
Thermo-loc plus X cavity closersHigher insulation closers for eliminatingdamp and ‘cold bridging’ around doors,windows and sills
Fig.3
At least 30mm overlap
Fig.2a Timber bracing to former
Fig.2b Formed closer using CCFORM
43Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Thermo-loc FR 30 minute fire
rated cavity closersFire rated closers for eliminating damp and ‘coldbridging’ around doors, windows and sills
Use• To close the cavity at external doors, window jambs and sills
• To provide thermal insulation and prevent ‘cold bridging’
• To provide a DPC at external doors, window jambs or sills
• 30 minutes fire rating
Features and benefits• Provides an effective DPC and thermal barrier between frame, inner and outer wall leaf
• Thermal conductivity of 0.035W/mK
• Exceeds the minimum thermal resistance path of 0.45m2K/W stipulated in Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Rigid profile extrusion allows both first and second fix
• Suitable for all frame and sill positions (see fig.1)
• Durable and resistant to decay
• Insulation option to suit your requirements both thermal and fire rated
• Simple on-site trimming to cope with ‘rogue’ cavity widths
• Global warming potential of zero
• Ozone depletion potential of zero
Quality• LABC Registered Detail
• BBA Approved
• Satisfies NHBC Standards
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents C (2004 edition), L1 & L2 (2013 editions)
• Complies with Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Complies with the Scottish Building Standards ‘Technical handbook’ 2005
• Satisfies BRE document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’
• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Rigid profile extruded in white UPVC
• Supplied in 2.4 metre lengths
• Standard cavity options available 50mm - 100mm
• Rockfibre mineral wool (FR) insulation 0.035W/mk
Installation advice• Can be used in both first and second fix applications
• Cut the cavity closer into required lengths allowing the jamb section to overlap the sill section and to butt the underside of the lintel
• In first fix application the cavity closer should be nailed to the jamb/sill of the door or window frame and the whole assembly built in as work proceeds. Alternatively the closer can be built in sections using fixing ties as work proceeds or pre built to act as an opening former by using a timber brace (see fig.2)
• For second fix applications, the cavity closer is pushed into the open cavity after building work is complete. The compressible nature of the exposed insulation material is used to create a friction fit in the cavity, or alternatively the insulation can be trimmed using a sharp knife
• Joining ‘off cut’ sections should not be carried out for the FR range
Page 1 of 2 see next page
CC2.4 profile (insulation omitted) CCFIX
Fig.1
Flush jamb Fully rebated (check reveal)
Staggered jamb Sill detail
44 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Thermo-loc FR 30 minute firerated cavity closersFire rated closers for eliminating damp and ‘coldbridging’ around doors, windows and sills
How to order
• Establish the cavity width and select the correct cavity closer width, or the next size up to ensure the cavity can be closed
• In jamb and sill applications, first estimate the total length ofcavity closer required, then order the correct number of individual2.4 metre lengths so no joint pieces
• Fixing ties are available for secure fixing if required (particular attention around door openings). Allow for ties fitted at 450mm centres
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
180 CAVITY CLOSURES FOR CLOSING AROUND WINDOW & DOOR OPENINGS
To extend not less than 150mm beyond ends of lintels/bridgings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference:…..eg. CC2.4 FR/75 (Thermo-loc Cavity Closer, Fire Rated,
2.4m, 75mm cavity)
• Accessories: Fixing ties available, 6 No. per 2.4m cavity closer.
Product codesThermo-loc FR cavity closersDescription Cavity width Length Pack Product codeThermo-loc FR 50mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 FR/50
Thermo-loc FR 65mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 FR/65
Thermo-loc FR 75mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 FR/75
Thermo-loc FR 90mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 FR/90
Thermo-loc FR 100mm 2.4m 10 CC2.4 FR/100
Fixing tie - - 30 CCFIX
Insulation type Thermal conductivityRockfibre mineral wool (FR) 0.035W/mK
Page 2 of 2
Fig.3
At least 30mm overlap
Fig.2 Timber bracing to former
Technical considerations• BRE Document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’ and Robust Details stipulate: “When a window or door frame is set back behind the inner face of a dense outer masonry leaf, it should overlap an insulated closer by a minimum of 30mm for BRE exposure zones Sheltered to Severe; but fully rebated (check reveals) for zones Very Severe’’ (see fig.3)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed any of the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They conform to the Montreal Protocol and have an ozone depletion potential of zero and global warming potential of zero.
45Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Thermo-loc multi cavity closers
Universal closer for eliminating damp and ‘cold bridging’ around doors, windows and sills
How to order• Thermo-loc multi closers are supplied to suit 100mm or 150mmcavity widths with grooves at regular cavity sizes to allow cuttingto size
• In jamb and sill applications, first estimate the total length ofcavity closer required, then order the correct number of individuallengths to reduce joining pieces
• For using as window formers allow two CCFORM’s per opening to support closer in lower corners and timber brace to top
• Fixing ties are available for secure fixing if required (particular attention around door openings) allow 6 per length or allow fitted at 450mm centres
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
180 CAVITY CLOSURES FOR CLOSING AROUND WINDOW & DOOR OPENINGS
To extend not less than 150mm beyond ends of lintels/bridgings.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference:…..eg. CC2.4 EPS Multi (Thermo-loc Cavity Closer, Expanded
Polystyrene, 2.4m, Multi cavity)
• Accessories: Fixing ties available, 6 No. per length or at 450mm centres
& Corner forms for making opening formers.
Product codesThermo-loc cavity closersDescription Cavity width Length Pack Product codeThermo-loc EPS 50mm-100mm 2.4mtr 10 CC2.4 EPS/Multi
Thermo-loc EPS 100mm-150mm 2.4mtr 10 CC2.4 EPS/Multi150
Thermo-loc XPS 50mm-100mm 2.4mtr 10 CC2.4 XPS/Multi
Insulation options Thermal conductivityStandard Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) 0.038W/mK
Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) 0.028W/mK
Technical considerations• BRE Document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’ and Robust Details stipulate; When a window or door frame is set backbehind the inner face of a dense outer masonry leaf, it shouldoverlap an insulated closer by a minimum of 30mm for BREexposure zones sheltered - Severe, but fully rebated (Checkreveals) for zones Very Severe (see Fig 3.)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use,contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed any of the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. EPS has an ozonedepletion potential of zero and global warming potential of lessthan 5. XPS has an ozone depletion potential of zero and globalwarming potential of 1
CC profile (insulation omitted) CCFIX
CCFORM/75
122
Use• To close cavities of 50 - 100mm or 100 - 150mm at external doors, window jambs and sills
• Insulation pre grooved to offer cut lines for regular cavity sizes
• To provide thermal insulation and prevent ‘cold bridging’
• To provide a DPC at external doors, window jambs or sill
Features and benefits• Provides an effective DPC and thermal barrier between frame, Inner & outer wall leaf
• Exceeds the minimum thermal resistance path of 0.45m2K/W stipulated in Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Rigid profile extrusion allows both first and second fix
• Components available to make up ‘on site’ frame formers
• Durable and resistant to decay
• Global warming potential of less than 5 (EPS) 1 (XPS)
• Ozone depletion potential of zero
• Simple on site trimming to cope with rogue cavity widths
Quality• LABC Registered Detail
• Meets all relevant British Standards
• Satisfies NHBC Standards
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents C (2004 edition), L1 & L2 (2013 editions)
• Complies with Robust Details ‘limited thermal bridging and air leakage’
• Satisfies BRE document ‘Thermal insulation: avoiding risks’
Material and colour choice• Rigid profile extruded in white uPVC
• Supplied in 2.4 metre lengths
• EPS insulation in white, XPS insulation in pink
Installation advice• Can be used in both first and second fix applications as with standard cavity closer
• Cut insulation to required cavity size using grooves as a guide
• Cut the cavity closer into required lengths allowing the jamb section to overlap the sill section and to butt the underside of the lintel
• General fixing instructions as ‘Standard’ range
46 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Fig.3
Acoustray perimeter cavity stopsPatented* acoustic fire-rated cavity stop and drainage tray
Use
• To prevent the transmission of flanking noise between floor levels and external wall junctions
• As a fire stop with integrated cavity tray and weeps
Features and benefits• Reduces flanking noise transmission with the unique benefit of integrating a preformed adjustable cavity tray and insulation panel
• Saves installation problems due to its ability to be installed independently to the internal wall
• No secondary fixing required
• No break in insulation, no cold bridging
• The unique fixing flange with drain holes eliminates the need for external weeps
• The main body of the Acoustray is manufactured in a rigid plastic
• Acts as formwork for floated screeds on beam floor construction
• As a fire stop achieves 90 minutes fire integrity and insulation to BS 476 Part 20 : 1987
• Ideal for refurbishment work as only the outer leaf requires to be removed to install, without the need to fix to inner leaf
Flanking noise transmission within a building is a potential problemwhere more than one dwelling occurs, primarily betweenapartment/flat type dwellings. If the cavity wall is not fully filled with insulation, flanking noise will transmit through walls and create a disturbance to surrounding occupants (see fig.1).
The problem in trying to create a required cavity stop is to securean acoustic grade insulation directly adjacent to the floor slab.However by doing this the cavity in a localised area will be bridgedso requiring a cavity tray.
To compensate for a cavity tray the inner construction will have toremain at an accessible level and the cavity insulation trimmed backto accept a dpc, resulting in lower productivity and potential coldbridging issues (see fig.2).
Following the addition of a cavity tray, weep holes will be requiredat regular centres, which can affect the aesthetic appearance offascias with visible water drainage points.
The unique Acoustray alleviates all these problems as it servesmany functions in one (see fig.3).
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with Building Regulations Part E ‘Resistance to the passage of sound’• Complies with Building Regulations Part B ‘Internal fire spread (structure)’• Complies with Robust Details
Fig.2
Fig.1
Page 1 of 2 see next page
Material and colour choice• Manufactured in polypropylene
• Available in black only
• Cavity options available
• Supplied in convenient 500mm lengths
* Patent number: GB2424658
47Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Installation adviceThe Acoustray has been designed for installation along the fullperimeter of the building at floor slab level as work proceeds.Position and lay each Acoustray within the external wall (see fig.4)ensuring that the insulation is directly adjacent to the floor slab andcompressed within the cavity. The system butt joins to form a continuous barrier with additional polyband strips for sealing each Acoustray (see fig.5).
The Acoustray comes in cavity options, mainly for the selection ofinsulation, with an adjustable cavity tray that should naturally leanback and rest against the cavity wall insulation to protect the clearcavity (see figs 6 & 7).
Cavity wall Insulation
• Where full fill cavity wall insulation is used there is no requirement for an acoustic cavity stop
• Where partial fill cavity wall insulation is used see figs 6 & 7
• Fig.6 shows the Acoustray fitted with insulation spanning the full cavity width. This option requires the cavity wall insulation to be cut at the section where the Acoustray is to be installed and is recommended for full fire resistance and acoustic requirements
• Fig.7 shows the Acoustray fitted with insulation spanning only the clear cavity width. This option allows the cavity wall insulation to be installed as normal without cutting at the floor slab leveland is recommended for acoustic requirements only
How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the required cavity wall run by 500mm, allow an additional unit for eachcorner for cutting. Always round up to the next whole number
• Determine and stipulate the cavity width that the Acoustrayneeds to suit. (see figs 6 & 7 for partial fill or full fill cavity options)
• Please allow for Polyband strip for all joints (approximately300mm is required per joint)
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Acoustray – FireRated acoustic cavity stop
& drainage tray to be installed along the full perimeter of the building at floor
slab level as work proceeds. Position and lay each Acoustray within the
external wall directly adjacent to the floor slab, allow 300mm of polyband strip
to join two units . Fixed in conjunction with Timloc Acoustdpc & Acousformer.
• Reference: ACS Range • Options: ACS50/220 – 50mm cavity ACS65/220 – 65mm cavity ACS75/220 – 75mm cavity ACS85/220 – 85mm cavity ACS100/220 – 100mm cavity ACSTAPE – Polyband Strip
Acoustray perimeter cavity stopsPatented* acoustic fire-rated cavity stop and drainage tray
Fig.5
Page 2 of 2
Fig.6
Fig.7
Fig.4
Product codesAcoustrayDescription To suit Insulation Length Qty Product code cavity widthAcoustic cavity stop 50mm 220mm 500mm 22 ACS50/220
Acoustic cavity stop 65mm 220mm 500mm 16 ACS65/220*
Acoustic cavity stop 75mm 220mm 500mm 16 ACS75/220
Acoustic cavity stop 85mm 220mm 500mm 12 ACS85/220*
Acoustic cavity stop 100mm 220mm 500mm 12 ACS100/220
Polyband strip 35mtr 1 ACSTAPE
* Special order - non stock items
48 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Acousdpc vertical cavity stopsVertical acoustic fire-rated cavity stop and DPC
Use• Effectively reduces the transmission of flanking noise at party wall and external wall junctions
• As a fire stop with integrated DPC
Features and benefitsThe Acousdpc has been developed to offer vertical protection andcomplement the horizontal Acoustray system in minimising flankingnoise transmission along the cavity of an external cavity wall at theintersection of a party wall. The Acousdpc also operates fully as aneffective fire barrier cavity stop and in conjunction with thepolythene DPC has no risk of water penetration.
Where a party wall meets the cavity wall, Building Regulations stipulate the use of a mineral wool closer for sound insulation purposes. The NHBC requires that any such closer is protected by a suitable DPC. The Acousdpc has been developed to meet these requirements.
• Complies with Building Regulations Part E & B
• Fully compatible with horizontal Acoustray
• Excellent sound insulation properties
• As a fire stop achieves 4 hours (240 minutes) fire integrity to BS 476 Part 20 : 1987
• Cavity options available
• Self supported by compression fit
• Easily installed
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Complies with Building Regulations Part E ‘Resistance to the passage of sound’• Complies with Building Regulations Part B ‘Internal fire spread (structure)’• Complies with Robust Details
Material and colour choice• Manufactured with BS6515 Polythene DPC
• Supplied in 1.2 metre lengths
• Cavity options available
• Rockfibre insulation slab
• 260mm width insulation
VACS50
VACS65
VACS75
VACS85
VACS100
Page 1 of 2 see next page
49Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Acousdpc
vertical cavity stopsVertical acoustic fire-rated cavity stop and DPC
Installation advice Installation must follow good practice for the detailing of damp proof courses, as set out in the relevant clauses of BS 5628: Part 3,BS 8215 and BS 8000: Part 3.
Acousdpc should be built in as brickwork/block work proceeds.
The DPC projects beyond the insulation by 50mm on each side and should be installed to compress against the inside face of the outer leaf.
Supplied in 1.2mtr lengths of insulation with an additional 100mmoverlap of DPC and to cavity size required. Units easily cut on site for detailing.
Where more than one length is required, joining lengths is by simplybutt jointing together. The upper piece must be installed with the100mm DPC extension at the bottom, lapping to the outside of thelower piece ensuring a tight butt joint of the insulation.
Vertical protection is given without breaks at floor level, but wheninstalled in conjunction with the horizontal Acoustray, the horizontaltray will stop and restart around the vertical. To allow both systems to intersect simply notch a cut into the 50mm dpc overhang and slot over the horizontal Acoustray.
Due to the flexible nature of the rockfibre insulation some localdelaminating may occur during site handling or installation. This does not detract from the performance of the product.
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Acousdpc – FireRated acoustic cavity stop & dpc
to be installed vertically as work proceeds. Position Acousdpc’s vertically
where a party wall meets the cavity wall, supplied in 1.2 mtr lengths and butt
jointed. Fixed in conjunction with Timloc Acoustray & Acousformer.
• Reference: VACS Range • Options: VACS50 – 50mm cavity VACS65 – 65mm cavity VACS75 – 75mm cavity VACS85 – 85mm cavity VACS100 – 100mm cavity
Product codesAcousdpc fire rated cavity stopTo suit Length Dimensions Qty Product codecavity size50mm cavity 1.2mtr 360 x 260 x 50mm 10 VACS50
65mm cavity 1.2mtr 360 x 260 x 65mm * VACS6575mm cavity 1.2mtr 360 x 260 x 75mm 8 VACS75
85mm cavity 1.2mtr 360 x 260 x 85mm * VACS85100mm cavity 1.2mtr 360 x 260 x 100mm 6 VACS100
* to order
Junction between external cavity wall & party wall
Page 2 of 2
50 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Acoustop cavity stop socksThermal and acoustic fire stops
Use• To restrict the spread of smoke and flames within external masonry and timber frame walls
• To further minimise the effect of flanking noise pollution at wall junctions
Features and benefitsAcoustop cavity stop socks are lengths of low resin, non-combustible, Rockfibre mineral wool, sleeved in 50 micron polythene for on-site weather protection
• 4 hour fire integrity
• Polythene encapsulated cavity stop sock
• Available in standard widths of 65, 90, 100, 115 and 12 5mm and special cavity widths are available on request
• Meets the requirements of the Robust Detail, Part B and NHBC Standards
• TCB (flanged stopsock) also available for timber frameapplications
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards• Non-combustible to BS476 : Part 4 1970 (1984) Class 1• Surface spread of flame to BS476 part 7 1987• Class O to the Building Regulations
Material and colour choice• Manufactured using Rockwool mineral wool
• Rockfibre uses no CFC’s, HCFC’s in the manufacturing process
• Thermal conductivity of Rockfibre insulation 0.037
Installation adviceTimloc cavity stop socks are designed to friction fit within thecavity and are easily installed both vertically and horizontally intothe cavity during construction. Care should be taken to ensure buttjoints are closely fitted and the cavity sock fully fills the cavity.
This method should be incorporated with a preformed horizontalcavity tray (refer to Technical Department for appropriate type)and proprietary wall weep vents (Timloc code 1143) at 900mmcentres, to prevent water ingress from bridging the cavity.
How to order• To calculate quantities divide the overall length of the required cavity wall run by 1.2m, allow an additional unit for each corner for cutting. Always round up to the next whole number
• Determine and stipulate the cavity width that the Acoustop needs to suit
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
370 PREFORMED CAVITY TRAY / ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Acoustop - thermal & acoustic fire stops to be
installed vertically and horizontally as work proceeds. Position Acoustop
where a party wall meets the cavity wall or at floor levels, supplied in 1.2 mtr
lengths and butt jointed. Fixed in conjunction with Timloc Acoustray
& Acousformers.
• Reference: ACSS Range • Options: ACSS50 – 50mm cavity ACSS75 – 75mm cavity ACSS85 – 85mm cavity ACSS100 – 100mm cavity ACSS115 – 115mm cavity ACSS125 – 125mm cavity
Product codesAcoustop cavity stop socksTo suit Size Fire integrity Product codecavitywidth50mm 65 x 65 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS50
75mm 90 x 75 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS75
85mm 100 x 100 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS85
90mm 105 x 120 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS90
100mm 120 x 100 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS100
115mm 130 x 100 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS115
125mm 140 x 100 x 1200mm 4 hour ACSS125
51Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Cavity closers, fire & acoustic stops
Technical information & installation advice
Cavity closersThe Timloc Thermo-loc cavity closer is an insulated cavity closer and DPC which is installed around door and window openings in external walls.
Installation advice• Can be used in both first and second fix applications
• Cut the cavity closer into required lengths allowing the jamb section to overlap the sill section and to butt the underside of the lintel
• In first fix applications the cavity closer should be nailed to the jamb/sill of the door or window frame and the whole assembly built in as work proceeds. Alternatively the closer can be built in sections using fixing ties as work proceeds or pre built to act as an opening former by using a timber brace (see fig.2a) and corner forms (see fig.2b)
• Fixing ties are available for secure fixing if required (particularattention around door openings). Allow for ties at 450mm centres.
• For second fix applications, the cavity closer is pushed into the open cavity after building work is complete. The compressible nature of the exposed insulation material is used to create a friction fit in the cavity, or alternatively the insulation can be trimmed to fit using a sharp knife
• Joining ‘off cut’ sections should be kept to a minimum and not carried out to sill sections. Sections are joined by mitre cutting the closer profile to allow the downward cut to run away from the jamb. Insulation should be extended from the lower closer profile to allow this to slot into the upper profile to maintain arigid section. All overlaps to be tape sealed
• When installed in conjunction with the cavity closer, the back edge of the window/door frames should be set back at least 30mm behind the inner face of the outer leaf to meet thermal requirements (see fig.3) whilst ensuring that the front edge of the frame remains over the outer leaf. (A smaller set-back may be possible if a satisfactory hygrothermal assessment using BRE Information Paper IP/06, shows that thermal requirements are met). The junctions between the wall and the front and back of the window/door frame must be effectively sealed.
Fig.2b Formed closer using CCFORM
Fig.3
At least 30mm overlap
Fig.2a Timber bracing to former
52 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Gas barrier anddamp proofingaccessories
Gas barriers and damp proofing Technical information & installation advice:
Gas barrier and damp proof membrane cavity traysystems and accessories
Damp Proof coursing accessories
53-55
56
General Recommendations57
53Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Gas barrier and damp proofing accessories
Gas barrier and damp proof
membrane cavity tray systemsand accessoriesWorking in conjunction with radon, methane, CO2and hydrocarbon gas barrier systems to containrising gasses across the footprint of the building.
Use• In areas outlined in BRE document ‘Radon’ guidance on protective measures in new dwellings
• When gas protection is required across the footprint of the building
• Crossing cavity wall constructions to maintain gas barrier integrity
• Forming internal perimeter trays to allow membranes continuity
• Collars for service pipe protrusions
• Following a risk assessment where the requirement is for a goodgas protection measure against Radon, Co2, Methane andHydrocarbon
• To be designed and installed in a continuous system around thewhole building perimeter
Features and benefits• Preformed mouldings eliminate the need for site fabrication to prevent errors through poor workmanship
• Easy to handle, flexible, tough, durable and puncture resistant
• Can be used for multi-storey or high-loading applications – will not extrude under high loads up to the point of compressionfailure of wall
• Wide range of standard components with special tailor madeaccessories also available
• Fully itemised scheduling service
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Satisfies all NHBC requirements • Meets BRE requirements • Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents C1 and C2 • Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice • Formed in 2mm medium density polyethylene and/or polypropylene
• Available in black only
Products in the system
Preformed cavity tray system Works by reducing on site exposure to the membrane through theuse of independent performed and rigid cavity trays installed to theperimeter of the building, in both the cavity wall with our PCT rangeand installed at the slab edging with our SPT range.
PCT Range - Horizontal cavity wall perimeter trays Supplied in 2.5 metre lengths and manufactured from heavy duty2mm polypropylene. They should be installed continuously aroundthe external perimeter of a building to allow the membrane to belaid at a later stage and so prevent damage as building worksproceeds.
SPT Range – Horizontal slab perimeter trays Supplied in 2.5 metre lengths and manufactured from heavy duty2mm polypropylene. They should be installed continuously aroundthe internal slab pour area allowing the membrane to be laid at alater stage and so prevent damage as building work proceeds.
Corners - PCT and SPT ranges Available in both SPT and PCT ranges and manufactured fromheavy duty 2mm polyethylene. The standard corners are 90° but awide range of options are available and selection is by cavity size,wall construction and damp roof course or slab rise required.
Radon sumpsTop hat collar Corner units
Page 1 of 3 see next page
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
54 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Gas barrier and damp proofing accessories
Jubilee clips size 6 (110mm - 140mm)Jubilee clips size 7 (135mm - 160mm)
Televent gas sleeve tray (TST01)For use when telescopic under floor vents need to pass through a perimeter cavity and still maintain gas tight integrity.
Threshold internal protection tray (TPT01)Designed for detailing rebated areas inside door threshold to maintain water and gas tight integrity without having to trim membrane to fit. Due to possible variations in size, threshold dimensions will be required.
Column cloaks (made to order)Non standard applications can require gas and water integrity around columns and stanchions. Timloc will design and produce rigid preformed units that are user friendly: simply contact our technical department.
Gastite sealing tape (GTAPE03)A 2mm x 50mm wide double sided modified polymer strip, protectedon both sides with a silicone release paper. The principle is to applybetween parts of the system in continuous joint lengths to achieve a gas tight seal. Also available in 100mm width rolls (GTAPE01).
Girth tape (GTAPE02)A single sided 75mm wide tape with an aggressive adhesive to oneside, used to cap overlaps that have been sealed with gastite tape to prevent uplift of joints when concrete slab or screed is poured.
Stopends & change of level unitsAvailable in the PCT range and manufactured from heavy duty 2mm PP. Suitable if breaks appear in the natural run of the cavitytray system, and available in cavity size and rise options with 75, 150 and 225mm steps.
Radon sumps (RSUMP01)Prefabricated sumps are required when a sub floor depressurisationis required under full radon protection. The sump is installedbeneath the floor slab in non suspended floor applications andvented to atmosphere via a connecting 110mm drainage pipe to anexternal source and capped off with proprietary products i.e. airbricks & telescopic under floor vents or roof vents.
The minimum number of sumps required is one per dwelling, butthis will be dependent on the foundation construction of thebuilding.
3x sumps req. 4x sumps req. single sump req.
Top hat pipe collars (TH055, TH082, TH110, TH135, TH160)Top hat pipe collars are available in sizes from 55mm to 160mm. A standard range of preformed pipe sleeves that are designed tohave sealing tape applied to the unit base to offer a unit for sealing to a gas barrier and at the intersection of pipe projections.
Common applications are for soil /service pipes passing verticallyvia a gas barrier or membrane to maintain a continuous seal. Tophats are suitable for installation at ceiling level for pipe protrusionsto assist in reducing air leakage.
All sealing tapes (GTAPE 03) and fixing bands (JCLIP 6 or 7) are supplied separate to top hat units.
Vented load bearing masonry
Non-vented load bearing masonry
Radon sump illustrating horizontal andvertical 110mm soil pipe for
venting with top hat collar
Page 2 of 3 see next page
Change of level units
TPT01
Column cloak
Top hat collar
Gas barrier and damp proof membrane cavitytray systems and accessoriesWorking in conjunction with radon, methane, CO2 and hydrocarbon gas barrier systems to contain rising gasses across the footprint of the building.
55Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Gas barrier and damp proofing accessories
How to order• Timloc can prepare a comprehensive schedule and quotation service. Forward full working drawings and specifications to our technical department
• Orders can be established from written quotations by stipulating number issued
Bill of quantity (Gas barrier accessories)F30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
360 GAS RESISTANT CAVITY TRAY ACCESSORIES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: e.g. Top hat pipe collar • Size: e.g. 110mm • Product code: e.g. TH110 • Use: For use in all types of floor construction to protect buildings against gas penetration from the ground. To cover the full footprint of the building
and to incorporate proprietary accessories for pipe, vent protrusions.
Product codesGas barrier accessoriesDescription Product codeTop hat pipe collars 55mm - 160mm TH055 – TH160
Jubilee clips size 6, 7 JCLIP 6 or 7
Radon sump 350mm x 350mm RSUMP01
Threshold internal protection tray 930mm TPT01
Televent gas sleeve tray (cavity tray profile req.) TST01
Gastite sealing tape 100mm x 15mtr GTAPE01
Gastite sealing tape 50mm x 15mtr GTAPE03
Girth tape 75mm x 33mtr GTAPE02
Foil girth tape 75mm x 50mtr GTAPE04
SPT150 Slab perimeter cavity tray 150mm rise 5107
SPT150 Corner cavity tray 90° - 150mm rise (internal and external) 5122
SPT225 Slab perimeter tray 225mm rise 5108
SPT225 Corner cavity tray 90° - 225mm rise (internal and external) 5123
Product codes to suit cavity widths of 50mm 75mm 100mm
PCT150 Perimeter cavity tray 150mm rise 5101 5102 5103
PCT150 External 90° corner cavity tray 5110 5112 5114
PCT150 Internal 90° corner cavity tray 5111 5113 5115
PCT150 Cavity tray stopend RH 5130 5132 5134
PCT150 Cavity tray stopend LH 5131 5133 5135
PCT150 Change of level 75mm step 9060 9063 9066
PCT150 Change of level 150mm step 9061 9064 9067
PCT150 Change of level 225mm step 9062 9065 9068
PCT225 Perimeter cavity tray 225mm rise 5104 5105 5106
PCT225 External 90° corner cavity tray 5116 5118 5120
PCT225 Internal 90° corner cavity tray 5117 5119 5121
PCT225 Cavity tray stopend RH 5136 5138 5140
PCT225 Cavity tray stopend LH 5137 5139 5141
PCT225 Change of level 75mm step 9070 9073 9076
PCT225 Change of level 150mm step 9071 9074 9077
PCT225 Change of level 225mm step 9072 9075 9078
Page 3 of 3
Gas barrier and damp proofmembrane cavity tray systemsand accessoriesWorking in conjunction with radon, methane, CO2and hydrocarbon gas barrier systems to containrising gasses across the footprint of the building.
Let us take the load with our
free Cavity Tray specification and
scheduling service.Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more information.
56 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Gas barrier and damp proofing accessories
Use• Wherever DPC is used to form a horizontal cavity tray
Features and benefits• One piece seamless mouldings eliminate the need for site fabrication to prevent errors through poor workmanship
• Easy to handle, flexible, tough, durable and puncture resistant
• Can be used for multi-storey or high loading applications - will not extrude under loads up to the point of compressive failure of wall
• Wide range of standard components with special, tailor-made accessories also readily available
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Moulded in 2.0mm thick medium density polyethylene. They donot contain any pitch, tar or bitumen. Available in black only
Products in the systemCorner unitsFor use where a cavity tray must turn the corner of a building
Change of level unitsFor use where the cavity tray steps up or down along its run
Stopend unitsFor sealing off the ends of the cavity tray at its start and finish
Jointing tapeFor sealing lapped joints in the DPC or for sealing the DPC on to the accessories
Joint supportsFor fitting below lapped joints in the DPC to provide support and allow the jointing tape to be sealed correctly
Installation advice• As with the DPC, accessories should always be bedded on to fresh mortar, never dry bedded. The masonry laid over the DPC should also be bedded on to fresh mortar so that the DPC is approximately half way through the thickness of the mortar joint
• DPC must be lapped on to the accessory by a minimum of 100mm
• All lapped joints must be fully sealed with jointing tape. It is essential that the jointing surfaces are clean and dry or the jointing tape will not seal correctly
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• State the wall construction, cavity width and the rise which is required across the cavity
• If you need a special, tailor-made accessory - please supply a dimensioned sketch detailing your requirements
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
380 PREFORMED DPC/CAVITY TRAY JUNCTION CLOAKS/STOPENDS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type(s) and location(s): Preformed stopend units to be positioned
at the start and finish of a run of cavity trays.
• Seal all laps with dpcs and/or cavity trays using adhesive/mastic
in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations to ensure
a fully watertight installation.
• Reference: ............. 9000 Stopend Unit (RH/LH) • Cavity Rise: ............. (150mm or 225mm) • Cavity Width: .......... (50mm, 75mm and 100mm)
Product codesBuilt in at 150mm riseDescription Handing Product codes to suit cavity widths of 50mm 75mm 100mmStop end units - Full height RH 9010 9012 9014
Stop end units - Full height LH 9011 9013 9015
Stop end units - 75mm high (sloping) RH 9045 9047 9049
Stop end units - 75mm high (sloping) LH 9046 9048 9050
Stop end units - 75mm high Multi 9024 9024 9024
Corner units - 9001 9002 9003
Joint supports - 9026 9027 9028
Change level unit - 75mm step Multi 9060 9063 9066
Change level unit - 150mm step Multi 9061 9064 9067
Change level unit - 225mm step Multi 9062 9065 9068
Jointing tape - 22.5m roll - 9040 9040 9040
Built in at 225mm riseDescription Handing Product codes to suit cavity widths of 50mm 75mm 100mmStop end units - Full height RH 9018 9020 9022
Stop end units - Full height LH 9019 9021 9023
Stop end units - 75mm high (sloping) RH 9051 9053 9055
Stop end units - 75mm high (sloping) LH 9052 9054 9056
Stop end units - 75mm high Multi 9024 9024 9024
Corner units - 9004 9005 9006
Joint supports - 9030 9031 9032
Change level unit - 75mm step Multi 9070 9073 9076
Change level unit - 150mm step Multi 9071 9074 9077
Change level unit - 225mm step Multi 9072 9075 9078
Jointing tape - 22.5m roll - 9040 9040 9040
Change of
level unit
Joint support Stopend
(full height)
Jointing tape Sloping
stopend
(75mm high)
Muti
stopend
(75mm high)
Corner unit
Damp proof coursingaccessoriesProducts allowing a complete horizontal cavity tray system to be formed
57Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Gas barrier and damp proofing accessories
Technical information & installation advice
General Recommendations -Perimeter trays & damp proof course• The DPC must always be bedded onto fresh mortar, never dry bedded. The brickwork which is then laid over the DPC must also be bedded onto fresh mortar with the result that the DPC is positioned approximately half way through the mortar joint.
• When joins are required in the DPC it should be lapped by a minimum of 100mm. In the case of flexible DPC cavity trays this lap should also be supported by a joint support and sealed with Timloc butyl mastic tape.
• When forming a perimeter cavity tray a range of one piece pre-formed accessories are available to ensure a complete and fully integrated cavity tray system. These include stopends, cornerunits, change of level units, joint supports and jointing tape.
• It is very important that lapped joints in cavity trays and accessories are thoroughly sealed using 100mm wide butylmastic sealing tape. When applying this tape it is essential thatthe release paper is removed, the joint area is clean and dry andpressure is applied along the full length and width of the jointarea once the two sections are brought together.
• It is important that the cavity area of perimeter DPC cavity trays is kept clean and free from mortar droppings and other debris. A build up of mortar could adversely affect the performance of the cavity tray system. Do not use sharp implements or metal rods to clean mortar out of the cavity as these could damage the DPC material.
• Wall weeps must always be provided in the face of the wall along the run of the DPC cavity tray. These are essential as without wall weeps the water collected by the cavity tray cannot bedischarged from the wall. It is recommended that wall weeps arespaced every 900mm along the run of the cavity tray, unlessfitting above window/door openings and then weep spacingshould be at 450mm centres with a minimum of 2 (1 each end).
General Recommendations -Gas barrier systems• Guidance on the design of radon protection systems for new and existing buildings is given in the DOELG Document. ‘Radon in Buildings’, and in the BRE (UK) Document: ‘Radon-Guidance on protective measures for new dwellings’.
• The gas barriers can be used in most common floorconstructions. They are installed in a similar way to damp proofmembranes, but with much greater attention to sealing, detailingand workmanship. The gas resisting membrane will also perform the same function as a damp proof membrane.
• To avoid creating slip planes in the masonry walls a damp proof course should not be laid on the same course of block work as the gas barrier layer (see the recommendations in IS 325: Part 2: 1995).
• Consideration must be given to the positioning of a gas resisting membrane in relation to thermal insulation. The recommendationscontained in IS 325: Part 2: 1995 and the BRE Report. ‘Thermal insulation - avoiding risks’ should be followed.
• The integrity of a gas resisting membrane must be maintained during installation. The barrier is resistant to puncturing and tearing, but where damage occurs this must be repaired by covering with a second layer of membrane sealed to the original using sealant tape.
• Installation of the Active-guard gas barrier must be in accordance with recommendations of IS 325: Part 2: 1995, clause 11 of BS CP 102: 1973: ‘Code of Practice for protection of buildings against water from the ground’. Additional guidance on the use of damp proof membrane materials is given in BS 8000: Part 4. 1989 ‘Code of Practice for waterproofing’.
• A surface of blinding soft sand (50mm min) should be used to prevent puncture of the membrane during installation. A further protection over the membrane is afforded by using high-density insulation (25kg/m3).
• Sheets must be clean and free from dirt and grease before application, and in view of the difficulty of achieving gas tight seals under wet or dirty site conditions it is recommended that special care is taken with this aspect of the installation.
• Where service ducts or pipes penetrate the membrane, gas tight joints are effected using sealant tape and top hat units with retention clips.
• The membrane must be covered by a screed, high density insulation, or other protective layer as soon as possible after insulation. Care should be taken to ensure that the membrane is not stretched or displaced when placing concrete or other protective layer over it. Great care should be taken to avoid bridging (ie. creating areas of unsupported membrane) during screeding operations, for example at internal angles.
58 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
Loft access doors Technical information & installation advice:
Drop-in loft access doors
Zero air leakage hinged loft access doors
0.35U and 0.25U value loft access doors
Fire rated loft access doors
59606162
Drop-in type loft access doors
Hinged loft access doors and ladders
Fire rated loft access doors
64 Air leakage testing and performance results
63636364
59Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
Drop-in loft access doors
Easy to install product for access to lofts
Use• To provide simple, easy access through ceiling into the loft space
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner-made timber loft access doors
• Standard and higher U value insulation performances available
• Excellent aesthetic appearance
• Factory finished and ready to fit straight from the box
• Insulated door panel
• Incorporates integral draught/vapour seal
• Incorporates two twist operated catches to secure the door panel and prevent uplift
• Maintenance free, no need to paint
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with Building Reg. document L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• The frame is a one piece injection moulding in polypropylene
• The door panel is a one piece injection moulding in polypropylene
• Insulation is CFC free expanded polystyrene foam
• Door and frame available in white only RAL 9010
• Loft door pole operating pole manufactured from black reinforced plastic
Installation advice• The product is designed to fit between 38mm thick trussed rafters or ceiling joists spaced at 600mm centres which provide a clear joist opening width of 562mm
• If the roof design does not provide this joist opening width, a suitable opening must be formed
• Trimmers must be installed across the ends of the frame. These should be spaced to give a clear opening length of 665mm
• The frame fixes with ten screws, three through each side and two through each end
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plaster boarded and skimmed
• The frame must be a good fit into the trimmed opening. Never force it into an opening that is too small. If the opening is toolarge use packers to ensure a good fit
Please see technical section for more details.
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause
360^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Type: Loft Access Door (Drop in) 562mm x 662mm joist opening • Specification: Insulated and draught stripped • Colour: Textured White Polypropylene
Product code 1168Drop-in loft access doorsFrame fitting Clear opening Insulation Productsize required size U value Code562mm x 665mm 526mm x 626mm 0.82 W/m2k 1168
562mm x 665mm 526mm x 626mm 0.35 W/m2k 1168/35
562mm x 665mm 526mm x 626mm 0.25 W/m2k 1168/25
Loft door operating pole - 0.5m (for 1169 and 1168 ranges only)Frame fitting Clear opening Insulation Productsize required size U value Coden/a n/a n/a 1170
Technical considerations• Timloc loft access doors comply with the most recent Building Regulations; ‘THE BUILDING REGULATIONS ‘Conservation of fuel and power’ APPROVED DOCUMENT L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)
• The Timloc loft access door demonstrates full compliancewith the Building Regulation Part L1A & L2A while fully complyingwith BS5250:2011 the Code of Practice for control ofcondensation in buildings
• Timloc loft access doors contain polystyrene insulation with a Thermal Conductivity of 0.038W/mK. For this reason acorrection U value of 0.004W/m2k should be calculated to theproposed U value figures for a ceiling (U value for a ceiling, not toexceed 0.16W/m2k)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed any of the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They have an ozonedepletion potential of zero and Global Warming Potential of lessthan 5
Zero air leakage* hingedloft access doorsHinged loft doors with lockable optionsand ladders
Use• To provide simple, easy access through a ceiling into the loft space
Features and benefits• *Air permeability measured at 50Pa as 0.00m3(h.m2) under positive pressure test conditions
• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner-made timber loft access doors
• Independently air leakage tested by BRE
• Excellent aesthetic appearance
• Factory finished and ready to fit straight from the box
• Insulated door panel with integral draught/vapour seal
• Maintenance free, no need to paint
• Hinged design allows use of a telescopic loft ladder
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with Building Reg. document L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• The door and frame are one piece injection moulded polypropylene
• Insulation is CFC free expanded polystyrene foam
• Door and frame available in white only RAL 9010
• Loft door pole operating pole manufactured from black reinforced plastic
Products in the systemProduct 1169Rectangular loft access door with twist operated catch to release a downward opening hinged door. Clear opening dimensions:526mm x 626mm.
Product 1169/keylockKeylock - as above but with secure key operated lock assembly.
Product 1170Loft door operating pole, manufactured from reinforced plastic.Suitable for the Timloc 1169 and 1168 loft door ranges only.
Installation advice• This product is designed to fit between 38mm thick trussedrafters or ceiling joists spaced at 600mm centres which provide a clear joist opening width of 562mm
• If the roof design does not provide this joist opening width, a suitable opening must be formed
• Trimmers must be installed across the ends of the frame. These must be spaced to give a clear opening length of 662mm
• The frame fixes with ten screws, three through each side and two through each end
Available as a BIM item
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plaster boarded and skimmed
• The frame must be a good fit into the trimmed opening. Never try to force it into an opening that is too small. If the opening is too large use packers to ensure a good fit
Please see technical section for more details.
Product codesHinged loft access doorsDescription Frame fitting Clear opening Insulation Product size required size U value codeHinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.82W/m2k 1169
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.82W/m2k 1169KL
with key lock
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.35W/m2k 1169/35
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.35W/m2k 1169/35KL
with key lock
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.25W/m2k 1169/25
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.25W/m2k 1169/25KL
with key lock
Loft door operating n/a n/a n/a 1170
pole – 0.5m
(for 1169 & 1168 only)
Technical considerations• Timloc loft access doors comply with the most recent Building Regulations; ‘THE BUILDING REGULATIONS 2000 ‘Conservation of fuel and power’ APPROVED DOCUMENT L1A & L2A (2006 Edition)
• The Timloc loft access door has demonstrated a zero0.00m3/(h.m2) air leakage at ‘positive’ 50Pa to exceedrequirements set in the Building Regulation Part L1A & L2A whilefully complying with BS5250:2011 the Code of Practice for controlof condensation in buildings
• Timloc loft access doors contain polystyrene insulation with a Thermal Conductivity of 0.038W/mK. For this reason acorrection U value of 0.004W/m2k should be calculated to theproposed U value figures for a ceiling (U value for a ceiling not toexceed 0.16W/m2k)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do notuse, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed anyof the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They have anozone depletion potential of zero and Global Warming Potentialof less than 5
60 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
61Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
• The frame must be a good fit into the trimmed opening. Never force it into an opening that is too small. If the opening is too large use packers to ensure a good fit
Product codes0.35 or 0.25U value loft access doors plastic hingedDescription Frame fitting Clear opening Product size required size codeZero air leakage* 562mm x 662mm 526mm x 626mm 1169/35 or 1169/25
hinged door
Zero air leakage* hinged 1169/35 keylock or
door with keylock 562mm x 662mm 526mm x 626mm 1169/25Keylock
0.35 or 0.25U value loft access doors plastic drop in Description Frame fitting Clear opening Product size required size codeDrop-in-door 562mm x 665mm 526mm x 626mm 1168/35 or 1168/25
0.35U value loft access doors metal fire ratedDescription Frame fitting Clear opening Product size required size codeHinged door 542mm x 745mm 520mm x 695mm 1160/35
Hinged door 542mm x 630mm 520mm x 580mm 1161/35
* Air permeability measured at 50Pa as 0.00m2 under positive test conditions
Technical considerations• Timloc loft access doors comply with the most recent Building Regulations; ‘THE BUILDING REGULATIONS ‘Conservation of fuel and power’ APPROVED DOCUMENT L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)
• 0.35U and 0.25U value loft access doors - BRE testing demonstrates full compliance with Building Regulation part L1A & L2A with zero - 0.00m3/(h.m2) air leakage at positive 50Pa for Timloc 1169/35 or 1169/25 loft access door, while fully complyingwith BS5250 : 2011 the code of practice for control ofcondensation in buildings
• Timloc 0.35 and 0.25 range will meet the advice given within the Robust Details
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed any of theso called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They have an ozone
0.35U and 0.25U value loft access doorsHigher insulation versions of standard loft access doors
Use• To provide simple, easy access through ceiling into the loft space when following the advice given in the robust details
Features and benefits• Offers insulation U value of 0.35W/m2k and 0.25W/m2k
• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner-made timber loft access doors
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and factory finished
• Insulated door panel with integral draught/vapour seal
• Incorporates twist operated catches to secure the door panel
• Maintenance free, no need to paint
• Hinge design suitable for use with a telescopic loft ladder
Quality• Complies with Building Reg. document L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)• Satisfies Robust Details• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Meets all relevant British Standards and NHBC requirements
Material and colour choice• Insulation is CFC free low lambda expanded polystyrene
Products in the systemAll Timloc loft access doors are available with increased insulation to offer 0.35U value or 0.25U value
Product 1168/35 or 1168/25Product 1169/35 or 1169/25 Product 1169/35 or 1169/25 KeylockProduct 1160/35 Product 1161/35Product 1170 - 0.5m loft door operating pole for 1168 and 1169 doorsProduct 1162 - 0.5m loft door operating pole for 1160 and 1161 doors Installation advice• The product is designed to fit between 38mm thick trussedrafters or ceiling joists spaced at 600mm centres which provide a clear joist opening width of 562mm or 542mm
• If the roof design does not provide this joist opening width, a suitable opening must be formed
• Trimmers must be installed across the ends of the frame. These should be spaced to give a clear opening length of 630mm, 662mm, 665mm or 745mm
• The frame fixes with ten screws, three through each side and two through each end
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plaster boarded and skimmed
1168/35 and 1169/35
1169 1168
1160
Fire rated loft access doorsHigh performance products with fire protection
Use• To provide access through the ceiling into the ceiling void in situations where fire protection is required
Features and benefits• Fully complies with NHBC standards for having a minimum access opening of 520mm
• Purpose made product with proven performance
• Superior to site fabricated panels
• Provides up to 60 minutes fire protection and Class O surface spread of flame classification
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and factory finished
• Maintenance free, no need to paint
• Allows the use of a telescopic ladder if required
• Incorporates secure twist operated catch assembly
• U value 0.82 W/m2k and 0.35W/m2k option
Quality• Fire testing conducted by Warrington Fire Research Ltd• 0.35U value option meets Robust Details• Complies with Building Regulations document L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)• Meets all relevant British Standards and NHBC requirements
Material and colour choice• The frame and door are fabricated in 1mm and 1.2mm Zintec electro-galvanised mild steel
• The door is lined with a fire resistant sub-panel to enhance fire resistance and stability
• Polyester powder coating, lightly textured
• Door and frame available in white only RAL 9016
• Loft door pole operating pole manufactured from black reinforced plastic
Installation advice• The 1160 and 1161 are designed to fit between trussed rafters orceiling joints spaced at 600mm centres which provide a clearjoist opening width of 562mm to be plasterboard lined to give542mm
• If the joist spacing does not provide this opening width, a suitable trimmed opening must be formed
• It is essential that trimmers are installed between the ceiling joists across the ends of the frame
• The frame fixes with 10 screws, six into the ceiling joists at the sides of the frame, and four through the ends of the frame into the trimmers
• A 50mm tall by 10mm thick protective plasterboard surround is required along all four sides of the trimmed opening
Please see technical section for more details.
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product reference: 1160 or 1161 • Type: loft access door (Hinged) 1160 to suit fitting 542mm x 745mm + 1161 to suit fitting 542mm x 630mm • Specification: insulated and draught stripped • Colour: textured white polyester powder coating
Product codesFire rated loft access doors - with picture frameOpening sizes required Product code(Frame fitting*) Clear access 542mm x 745mm* 520mm x 695mm 1160
542mm x 630mm* 520mm x 580mm 1161
Loft door operating pole - n/a 1162
0.5m (for 1160 and 1161
ranges only)
Technical considerations• Timloc loft access doors contain glass wool insulation with a Thermal Conductivity of 0.037W/mK. For this reason a correction U value of 0.004W/m2k should be calculated to the proposed U value figures for a ceiling (U value for a ceiling, not to exceed 0.16W/m2k)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do not use, contain or produce CFC's, ie. HCFC's & HFA's. The mineral wool insulation relies on entrapped air for its thermal properties; air is not a VOC and it does not have Global Warming Potential (GWP) or Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP).
1160 - Frame size
520mm
695mm
542mm
580mm
745mm
795mm
Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.62 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
63Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
Technical information & installation advice
Drop-in type loft access doorsProduct 1168• This loft access door is designed to fit between standard trussed rafters spaced accurately at 600mm centres and constructed in 38mm (1.5”) thick timbers. If the roof trusses are not spaced at these centres or if thicker timbers are used then it will be necessary to form a suitable structural opening with a clear opening width of 562mm
• Trimmers should be positioned between the ceiling joists. These are required to fix the ends of the frame and support the plaster board. They should be spaced with a clear opening length of 665mm
• The roof timbers must be correctly spaced, straight and free from twist or distortion. If they are not the frame may be difficult to fit and the door may bind in the frame
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plasterboarded and skimmed but before the ceiling is decorated
• If the trimmed opening has been made slightly too large packers must be provided at the screw fixing points otherwise the action of tightening the screws will distort the frame
• Use ten fixing screws to secure the frame, three through each side and two through each end
• Never try to force the frame into an opening which is too small
• Do not overtighten the fixing screws as this could distort the frame
• Please note that drop-in loft access doors of this type are not suitable for use with a telescopic loft ladder
• To ensure an airtight seal; apply decorators flexible caulkingaround the architrave frame where it meets the ceiling
Hinged loft access doorsand laddersProduct 1169• This loft access door is designed to fit between standard trussed rafters spaced accurately at 600mm centres and constructed in 38mm (1.5”) thick timbers. If the roof trusses are not spaced at these centres or if thicker timbers are used then it will be necessary to form a suitable structural opening with a clear opening width of 562mm
• Trimmers should be positioned between the ceiling joists. These are required to fix the ends of the frame and support the plasterboard. They should be spaced with a clear opening length of 662mm
• The roof timbers must be correctly spaced, straight and free from twist or distortion. If they are not the frame may be difficult to fit and the door may bind in the frame
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plasterboarded and skimmed but before the ceiling is decorated
• If the trimmed opening has been made slightly too large packers must be provided at the screw fixing points otherwise the action of tightening the screws will distort the frame.
• Never try to force the frame into an opening which is too small
• Use ten fixing screws to secure the frame, three through each side and two through each end
• Do not overtighten the fixing screws as this could distort the frame
• To ensure an airtight seal; apply decorators flexible caulkingaround the architrave frame where it meets the ceiling
• If a telescopic loft ladder is to be used the ladder fixing mounts must be secured to the floor of the loft, ceiling joist or trimmer and not directly to the loft access door frame. It is important to ensure that there is adequate clearance within the loft space for the loft ladder to pivot and operate. It is recommended that a minimum of 1050mm clearance is provided horizontally and vertically at the end where the ladder is mounted
Fire rated loft access doorsProduct 1160• The loft access doors are designed to fit between 38mm thick ceiling joists which are spaced at 600mm centres and lined with 9.5mm plasterboard giving a clear joist opening width of 542mm. If the ceiling joists are not spaced at these centres then it will be necessary to form a suitable structural opening with a clear opening width of 542mm
• Trimmers should be positioned between the ceiling joists. These are required to fix the ends of the frame and support the plasterboard. They should be spaced with a clear opening length of 745mm (1160) and 630mm (1161)
• The roof timbers must be correctly spaced, straight and free from twist or distortion. If they are not the frame may be difficult to fit and the door may bind in the frame
• In order to ensure satisfactory fire performance a strip of plasterboard 50mm tall x 9.5mm thick must be fitted around all four sides of the frame. This should be positioned between the frame upstand and the side of the ceiling joist or trimmer
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plasterboarded and skimmed but before the ceiling is decorated
• If the trimmed opening has been made slightly too large or ifceiling joists of less than 38mm thickness are being usedadditional packers must be provided to ensure a good fit into theceiling aperture. These packers must be continuous along the sideof the frame and not just localised at the screw fixing points
• Never try to force the frame into an opening which is too small
• Use ten fixing screws to secure the frame, three through each side and two through each end
• Do not overtighten the fixing screws as this could distort the frame
• To ensure an airtight seal; apply decorators flexible caulkingaround the architrave frame where it meets the ceiling
• If a telescopic loft ladder is to be used the ladder fixing mounts must be secured to the floor of the loft, ceiling joist or timber and not directly to the loft access door frame. It is important to ensure that there is adequate clearance within the loft space for the loft ladder to pivot and operate. It is recommended that a minimum of 1050mm clearance is provided horizontally and vertically at the end where the ladder is mounted
Page 1 of 2 see next page
64 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Loft access doors
Air leakage testing and performance resultsTimloc have completed a major test programwith the BRE to demonstrate the air leakage capability of its core loft access door products. To ensure customer satisfaction we tested a sample range of competitors equivalent products to offeralike-for-like comparison.
Following the BRE testing program Timloc was the only company to pass with a product which demonstrated a zero - 0.00m3/(h.m2) air leakage at 50Pa. Its 1169 loft access door exceeded requirements set in the Building Regulation Part L1A & L2A, while fully complying with BS5250:2002 the Code of Practice for control of condensation in buildings.
The objective of the testing was to measure the air leakage through a range of loft access doors.
There have been some recent changes to the Building Regulationsdesigned to improve the energy efficiency of buildings. Thesechanges have introduced new requirements to the air tightness of certain building types. For example, Part L1A & L2A states that a reasonable limit for the design air permeability of buildings is10m3/(h.m2) at +50Pa. Hence loft access hatch specifiers might need to know the leakage rate of loft hatches at a pressure of+50Pa. (Timloc 1169 achieved 0.00m3/(h.m2) at +50Pademonstrating full compliance.) There have also been some recentchanges to BS5250:2011, the Code of Practice for control ofcondensation in buildings. Amendment 16119, issued on 23rdDecember 2005 introduced a clause giving recommendations forair tightness of ceilings. This new clause, 8.4.1.2, gives some rules forproducing a well sealed ceiling which includes a requirement for lofthatches as follows:
The air leakage rate through an access loft hatch, including itsframe, when tested to BS EN 1314101:2004 4.3 is less than 1m3lh at apressure difference 2Pa. It can be assumed that “push-up” woodenhatch covers in a frame, constructed in-situ, with continuouscompressible seals, will meet this criterion provided the weight ofthe door is at least 5.5kg. Hatch covers should either be heavyenough to compress the seal or be clamped, with a closed cellcompressible seal, or “O-ring” between it and the frame. Drop-down hatch covers are more difficult to seal; it is recommendedthat proprietary units with a supplied hatch cover in a frame areused. Manufacturers can provide third party evidence that theleakage criterion is met’. (Timloc’s 1168 drop in / push up plastic loftaccess door has two catches to ensure full seal compression).
Page 2 of 2
Technical information & installation advice
BRE tested and certified since 2006.Let Timloc take care of everything.• Easy installation and use
• Clean design
• Draft free and vapour sealed
• Fit and forget
• UK’s best-selling loft access doors
Compliance assurance:
• Building Regulation Part L
• BS5250
• Robust Detail
• NHBC
The original and still the bestZero air leakage loft doors
Hinged Airtight Loft Access Door•• Frame fitting size required - 562 x 662mm
•
•
• Clear opening size - 526 x 626mm
•
•
•
• Fully insulated door
•
•
•
•
• Solid fixing into side of rafters
•
•
•
•
•
• Allows use of telescopic ladders
The Range•
•
•
•
•
•
• 1169 - Simple twist operated catch
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• 1169 Keylock - with secure key operated lock
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• 1169/35 - Extra Insulation giving 0.35 U-Value
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• 1169/25 - Extra Insulation giving 0.25 U-Value
526mm
626mm
560mm
670mm
660mm
770mm
*Air permeability measured at 50Pa as 0.00m3 (h.m2) under positive test conditions. s 0.00m3 (h.m2)
66 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Access panels
Plastic access panels
Airtight plastic access panels
Metal non-fire rated access panels – picture frame
Metal non-fire rated access panels – beaded frame
Metal non-fire rated circular access panels
Metal 1 hour fire rated access panels – picture frame
Metal 1 hour fire rated access panels – beaded frame
Metal 1 hour fire rated access panels (deep profile) –picture frame
Tile insert access panels
6768697071727374
75
67Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Use• Cost effective yet reliable and simple method for providing access to services and connections behind dry lined walls, ducts, ceilings (exc. AP450 and AP450KL) and cupboard units
• An ideal solution for meeting the gas safety industry and Building Regulation Part J’s concealed boiler blue inspectionaccess requirements (non-fire rated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared withtraditional joiner–made or steel access doors
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Textured finish allows painting if required
• Visible picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edgesand contributes to a faster installation
• Universal door handing
• Flush fitting door panel can be fully removed for maximum access
• Installed in minutes using basic hand tools and silicon/flexiblesealant
• Catch clip closing mechanism across the range as standard
• Key lock options available
• Acoustic performance of 26dB (contact the Timloc Technicalteam for more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helps to meet Building Regulation document Part J (2010 edition)
Material and colour choice• Tough and UV stabilised injection moulded HIPS/ABS plastic
• White finish
Installation advice• Cut hole to size, making sure that it is straight and level
• Apply silicon or other suitable grade building adhesive to theback of the frame
• Check which way that you want the door to hinge
• Press the frame firmly into place, checking it is straight and level
• Do not operate until the adhesive has set completely
• To open the door, use a screw driver in the slot and lever up (fig. 1)
• To remove the door, open the door slightly (fig 2.) and pull awayfrom the hinge position maintaining the door at a slight angle (fig. 3). This does not apply to panels AP110 and AP200 which are clip fit door panels
• To replace the door, reverse the removal process
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
• State if the key lock option is required
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel:01405 765567, Fax:01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Access Panels • Type: Plastic Access Panels • Product Code: AP300 (see other product codes/variation of sizes) • Frame Fitting Size: 305 x 305mm • Application: Wall, Ceiling or Voids • Frame Type: Picture • Colour: Textured White ABS Plastic
Products in the range Plastic access panelFrame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door Key Productsize size and frame type lock code dimension 115 x 165mm 100 x 150mm 135 x 185mm Clip fit n/a AP110
155 x 235mm 140 x 220mm 195 x 275mm Hinged n/a AP150
205 x 205mm 190 x 190mm 245 x 245mm Clip fit n/a AP200
305 x 305mm 290 x 290mm 345 x 345mm Hinged n/a AP300
470 x 470mm 455 x 455mm 510 x 510mm Hinged n/a AP450*
155 x 235mm 140 x 220mm 195 x 275mm Hinged Yes AP150KL
305 x 305mm 290 x 290mm 345 x 345mm Hinged Yes AP300KL
470 x 470mm 455 x 455mm 510 x 510mm Hinged Yes AP450KL*
* not suitable for ceiling installations
AP150
Fig.2
Fig.3
Visible frame width
25mm (AP110 15mm)
Depth
12mm
Fig.1
Plastic access panelsThe answer to unsightly controls and fittings
AP300KL
68 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Airtight plastic accesspanelsFully airtight and high level acousticperformance plastic access panels.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry lined walls, ducts, ceilings and cupboard units
• Complete solution to meet the highest levels of Building Regulation Part L and Building Regulation Part J and the gas safety industry’s concealed boiler flue inspection requirements(non-fire rated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner–made or steel access doors
• Unique airtight seal design reduces the air permeability to 0.00/h.m at +50pa
• Flush fitting door panels that can be fully removed for maximumaccess
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Textured finish allows painting if required
• Visible picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edges andcontributes to a faster installation
• Universal door handing
• Installed in minutes using basic hand tools and silicon/flexiblesealant
• Clip fit door panels with catch clip closing mechanism
• Acoustic performance of 31dB (contact the Timloc Technical teamfor more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helping to meet Building Regulation:
- Document Part J – Concealed Flues in Voids (2010 edition)
- Document Part E – Resistant to Sound (2003 edition)
- Part L1 and L2 – Conservation of Fuel and Power (2013 edition)
Material and colour choice• Tough and UV stabilised injection moulded HIPS/ABS plastic
• White finish
Installation advice• Cut hole to size, making sure that it is straight and level
• Apply silicon or other suitable grade building adhesive to the back of the frame
• Press the frame firmly into place, checking it is straight and level
• Do not operate until the adhesive has set completely
• Simply push the clip fit door panel into the frame
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause630^ HATCHES • Product Reference: Timloc Access Panels • Type: Timloc Airtight Access Panels • Product Code: AP300AT (see other product codes/variation of sizes) • Frame fitting size: 305 x 305mm (see other product codes/variation of sizes) • Application: (example Wall, Ceiling, Cupboard or Voids) • Frame type: Picture • Colour: Textured White ABS Plastic
Product codesAirtight plastic access panels Frame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door Productsize size and frame type code dimension 115 x 165mm 100 x 150mm 135 x 185mm Clip fit AP110AT
155 x 235mm 140 x 220mm 195 x 275mm Clip fit AP150AT
205 x 205mm 190 x 190mm 245 x 245mm Clip fit AP200AT
305 x 305mm 290 x 290mm 345 x 345mm Clip fit AP300AT
470 x 470mm 455 x 455mm 510 x 510mm Clip fit AP450AT
Visible frame width
25mm (AP110 15mm)
Depth
12mm
69Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Metal non-fire rated
access panels – pictureframe Lightweight non-fire rated metal access panels for access to mechanical, electrical and other building services.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry lined walls, ducts and ceilings
• For applications where plastic access panels are not suitable and a fire rating is not required
• Ideal solution for meeting Part J and the gas safety industry’sconcealed boiler flue inspection access requirements (non-firerated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner–made access doors
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Flush fitting door panels
• Visible picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edges and contributes to a faster installation
• Smooth and enduring polyester powder coated finish
• Allows for painting if required
• Quick and straight forward to install
• Universal door handing
• Supplied with additional fixing anchors (+50mm) for deeper walland ceiling installations
• Hinged door panel with twist lock mechanism (screewdriveroperated)
• Quick release door panel mechanism fully removes to the doorfor maximum access
• Acoustic performance of 24dB (contact the Timloc Technicalteam for more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helps to meet Building Regulation Document Part J – ConcealedFlues in Voids (2010 edition)
Material and colour choice• Electro galvanised mild steel
• Polyester powder coated smooth finish 20% gloss
• White – RAL 9016
Installation advice• Please contact the Timloc Technical team
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
• Spare keys available upon request
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause630^ HATCHES • Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Access Panels • Type: Timloc Metal (Non Fire Rated) Access Panels - Picture Framed
• Product Code: APB300x300NFR (see other product codes/variation of sizes)• Frame Fitting Size: 305 x 305mm (see other product codes/variation of sizes)• Application:Wall, Ceiling or Voids• Frame Type: Picture• Colour: White - RAL 9016 Smooth Polyester Powder Coating
Products in the range Metal non-fire rated access panels with picture frameFrame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door and Productsize size and frame lock type code dimension 155 x 155mm 145 x 145mm 185 x 185mm Hinged with APB150x150NFR
twist lock
205 x 205mm 195 x 195mm 235 x 235mm Hinged with APB200x200NFR
twist lock
305 x 305mm 295 x 295mm 335 x 335mm Hinged with APB300x300NFR
twist lock
455 x 455mm 425 x 425mm 485 x 485mm Hinged with APB450x450NFR
twist lock
555 x 555mm 525 x 525mm 585 x 585mm Hinged with APB550x550NFR
twist lock
605 x 605mm 575 x 575mm 635 x 635mm Hinged with APB600x600NFR
twist lock
FrameConstruction
Depth 25mm(+ up to additional50mm from
fixinganchor)
Visible frame width 20mm
Additional
fixing
anchor
70 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Metal non-fire ratedaccess panels – beadedframe Lightweight non-fire rated metalaccess panels with no visible frame foraccess to mechanical, electrical andother building services.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry lined walls, ducts and ceilings.
• Installation into an aperture to achieve a frameless flush finish.
• Robust and durable alternative to plaster board faced panels, which are highly susceptible to damage.
• For applications where plastic access panels are not suitable and a fire rating is not required.
• Ideal solution for meeting Part J and the gas safety industry’s concealed boiler flue inspection access requirements (non-firerated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner–made access doors
• Excellent aesthetic seamless and frameless appearance
• Perforated beaded frame concealed after plaster skimming
• Smooth and enduring polyester powder coated finish
• Allows for painting if required
• Quick and straightforward to install
• Flush fitting door panels with universal door handing
• Supplied with additional fixing anchors (+50mm) for deeper walland ceiling installations
• Hinged door panel with twist lock mechanism
• Quick release door panel mechanism fully removes to the door for maximum access and helps facilitate plastering
• Acoustic performance of 24dB (contact the Timloc Technicalteam for more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helps to meet Building Regulation Document Part J – ConcealedFlues in Voids (2010 edition)
Material and colour choice• Electro galvanised mild steel
• Polyester powder coated smooth matt
• White – RAL 9016
Installation advice• Please contact the Timloc Technical team
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
• Spare keys available upon request
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityMetal (Non Fire Rated) Access Panels - Beaded Framed Clause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel:01405 765567, Fax:01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Access Panels
• Type: Timloc Non Fire Rated Metal Access Panels - Beaded Framed • Product Code: example APB300x300NFRB (see other product codes/variation of sizes)
• Frame fitting size: example 305 x 305mm (see other product
codes/variation of sizes)
• Application: example Wall, Ceiling or Voids • Frame type: Beaded • Colour: White - RAL 9016 Smooth Polyester Powder Coating
Products in the range Metal non-fire rated access panels with beaded frameFrame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door and Productsize size and frame lock type code dimension 305 x 305mm 295 x 295mm 335 x 335mm Hinged APB300x300NFRB
with twist
mechanism lock
455 x 455mm 450 x 450mm 485 x 485mm Hinged APB450x450NFRB
with twist
mechanism lock
605 x 605mm 580 x 580mm 635 x 635mm Hinged APB600x600NFRB
with twist
mechanism lock
Depth 25mm(+ up to additional50mm from
fixinganchor)
Concealed frame
71Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Metal non-fire rated
circular access panels Light and yet strong round aluminiumaccess panels ideal for jointlessplasterboard or plaster ceilingapplications. Alternative access panelshape to square or rectangular.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry linedwalls, ducts and ceilings (non-fire rated applications)
• For projects where aesthetics are of a high consideration
• For applications where plastic access panels are not suitable and a fire rating is not required
• Ideal solution for meeting Part J and the gas safety industry’sconcealed boiler flue inspection access requirements (non-firerated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner–made access doors
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Visible picture frame (25mm) and concealed perforated beadedframe options:- picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edges and contributes to a faster installation- perforated beaded frame for installation into an aperture toachieve a frameless flush finish
• Flush fitting door panels
• Smooth and robust polyester powder coated finish
• Allows for painting if required
• Quick and straightforward to install
• Supplied with additional fixing anchors (+50mm) for deeper walland ceiling installations
• Hinged door panel with twist lock mechanism
• Simple twist and turn door panel operation
• Door panel retaining link available upon request for userconvenience and safety
• Bespoke non-standard sizes also available
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helps to meet Building Regulation Document Part J – ConcealedFlues in Voids (2010 edition)
Material and colour choice• Aluminium
• Polyester powder coated smooth finish
• White – RAL 9016
Installation advice• Please contact the Timloc Technical team
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityMetal (Non Fire Rated) Circular Access Panels L20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel:01405 765567, Fax:01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Access Panels
• Type: Timloc Metal (Non Fire Rated) Circular Access Panels• Product Code: example CP300PF (see other product codes/variation ofsizes)
• Frame fitting size: example 305mm (see other product codes/variation
of sizes)
• Application: example Wall, Ceiling or Voids• Frame type: example Picture• Colour: White - RAL 9010 Smooth Polyester Powder Coating
Products in the range Metal non-fire rated access panels – picture frameFrame fitting size Frame type Product code 305mm Picture frame CP300PF
455mm Picture frame CP450PF
605mm Picture frame CP600PF
305mm Perforated beaded frame CP300BF
455mm Perforated beaded frame CP450BF
605mm Perforated beaded frame CP600BF
Door panel retaining link available upon request for user convenience and safety
72 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Metal 1 hour fire ratedaccess panels – pictureframe Multi performance 1 hour fire rated steel access panels featuring mineralwool and draught stripping for greatlyreduced air leakage opportunities and an excellent acoustic performance.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry linedwalls, ducts, ceilings where a 1 hour fire rating is required
• Projects with additional reduced air leakage and /or acoustic performance requirements
• Ideal solution for meeting Part J and the gas safety industry’s concealed boiler flue inspection access requirements (1 hour firerated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner–made access doors
• Fire rating independently tested by Exova Warringtonfire
• Mineral wool insulation and draught stripped to reduce the opportunity of air leakage in application
• 32mm low profile frame ideal for installation with 15mm plaster board
• Flush fitting door panels with excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Visible picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edges and contributes to a faster installation
• Enduring polyester powder coated finish
• Allows for painting if required
• Quick and straightforward to install
• Universal door handing
• Hinged door panel with T-key lock mechanism - Key lock available upon request
• Quick release door panel mechanism fully removes to the door for maximum access
• Bespoke non-standard sizes also available
• Acoustic performance of 33dB (contact the Timloc Technical team for more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helping to meet Building Regulation: - Document Part J – Concealed Flues in Voids (2010 edition) - Document Part E – Resistant to Sound (2003 edition) - Part L1 and L2 – Conservation of Fuel and Power (2013 edition)
Material and colour choice• Electro galvanised mild steel
• Glass wool insulation (45kg/m3)
• Polyester powder coated smooth finish 20% Gloss
• White – RAL 9016
Installation advice• Please contact the Timloc Technical team
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
• Spare keys available upon request
• Lock and hinge mechanism can be oiled with a standard metallubricant if required
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityMetal 1 Hour Fire Rated Access Panels - Picture FramedL20 Doors/Shutters/Hatches Clause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel:01405 765567, Fax:01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Fire Rated Access Panels • Type: Timloc Metal 1 Hour Fire Rated Slim Frame Access Panels - Picture Framed • Product Code: example APC300x300CR (see other product codes/variation of sizes)
• Frame fitting size: example 305 x 305mm (see other product
codes/variation of sizes)
• Application: example Wall, Ceiling or Voids • Frame type: Picture • Colour: White - RAL 9016 Smooth Polyester Powder Coating
Products in the range Metal 1 hour rated access panels – picture frame Frame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door and Productsize size and frame lock type code dimension 155 x 155mm 110 x 110mm 200 x 200mm Hinged with APC150x150CR
T-key lock
155 x 235mm 110 x 190mm 200 x 280mm Hinged with APC150x230CR
T-key lock
205 x 205mm 160 x 160mm 250 x 250mm Hinged with APC200x200CR
T-key lock
305 x 305mm 260 x 260mm 350 x 350mm Hinged with APC300x300CR
T-key lock
455 x 455mm 410 x 410mm 500 x 500mm Hinged with APC450x450CR
T-key lock
555 x 555mm 510 x 510mm 600 x 600mm Hinged with APC550x550CR
T-key lock
605 x 605mm 560 x 560mm 650 x 650mm Hinged with APC600x600CR
T-key lock
73Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Metal 1 hour fire rated
access panels – beadedframe Multi performance 1 hour fire ratedrobust mild steel access panels, with novisible frame when installed. Featuringmineral wool and draught stripping forreduced air leakage opportunities andan excellent acoustic performance.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry lined walls, ducts and ceilings where a 1 hour fire rating is required
• Installation into an aperture to achieve a frameless flush finish
• Robust and durable alternative to plaster board faced panels,which are highly susceptible to damage
• Ideal solution for meeting Part J and the gas safety industry’sconcealed boiler flue inspection access requirements (1 hour firerated applications)
• Projects with additional reduced air leakage and /or acousticperformance requirements
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared withtraditional joiner–made access doors
• Fire rating independently tested by Exova Warringtonfire
• Mineral wool insulation and draught stripped to reduce theopportunity of air leakage in application
• Perforated beaded frame concealed after plaster skimming
• 32mm low profile frame ideal for installation with 15mm plasterboard
• Flush fitting door panels with excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Enduring polyester powder coated finish
• Allows for painting if required
• Quick and straightforward to install
• Universal door handing
• Hinged door panel with T-key lock mechanism - Key lock available upon request
• Quick release door panel mechanism fully removes to the doorfor maximum access
• Bespoke non-standard sizes also available
• Acoustic performance of 33dB (contact the Timloc Technicalteam for more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helping to meet Building Regulation: - Document Part J – Concealed Flues in Voids (2010 edition) - Document Part E – Resistant to Sound (2003 edition) - Part L1 and L2 – Conservation of Fuel and Power (2013 edition)
Material and colour choice• Electro galvanised mild steel
• Glass wool insulation (45kg/m3)
• Polyester powder coated smooth mat finish
• White – RAL 9016
Installation advice• Please contact the Timloc Technical team
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
• Spare keys available upon request
• Lock and hinge mechanism can be oiled with a standard metallubricant if required
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityMetal 1 Hour Fire Rated Access Panels - Beaded FrameL20 Doors/Shutters/Hatches Clause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel:01405 765567, Fax:01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Fire Rated Access Panels
• Type: Timloc Metal 1 Hour Fire Rated Access Panels - Beaded Frame • Product Code: example APC300x300CRB (see other product codes/
variation of sizes)
• Frame fitting size: example 305 x 305mm (see other product codes/
variation of sizes)
• Application: example Wall, Ceiling or Voids• Frame type: Beaded• Colour: White - RAL 9016 Smooth Polyester Powder Coating
Products in the range Metal 1 hour rated access panels – beaded frame Frame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door and Productsize size and frame lock type code dimension 305 x 305mm 260 x 260mm 350 x 350mm Hinged with APC300x300CRB
T-key lock
455 x 455mm 410 x 410mm 500 x 500mm Hinged with APC450x450CRB
T-key lock
605 x 605mm 560 x 560mm 650 x 650mm Hinged with APC600x600CRB
T-key lock
74 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Metal 1 hour fire ratedaccess panels (deep profile) – picture frame Multi performance 1 hour fire rated steelaccess panels. Featuring mineral wooland draught stripping for reduced airleakage opportunities and an excellentacoustic performance.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind deep drylined walls, ducts and ceilings applications where a 1 hour firerating is required
• Projects with additional reduced air leakage and /or acousticperformance requirements
• Ideal solution for meeting Part J and the gas safety industry’sconcealed boiler flue inspection access requirements (1 hour firerated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared withtraditional joiner–made access doors
• Fire rating independently tested by Exova Warringtonfire
• Mineral wool insulation and draught stripped to reduce theopportunity of air leakage in application
• 80mm deep profile frame ideal for deep wall and ceilingapplications
• Flush fitting door panels with excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Visible picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edges and contributes to a faster installation
• Robust polyester powder coated finish
• Allows for painting if required
• Quick and straightforward to install
• Universal door handing
• Hinged door panel with T-key lock mechanism - key lock available upon request
• Door panels can be fully removed for maximum access
• Bespoke non-standard sizes also available
• Acoustic performance of 29dB (contact the Timloc Technical team for more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helping to meet Building Regulation: - Document Part J – Concealed Flues in Voids (2010 edition) - Document Part E – Resistant to Sound (2003 edition) - Part L1 and L2 – Conservation of Fuel and Power (2013 edition)
Material and colour choice• Electro galvanised mild steel
• Glass wool insulation (45kg/m3)
• Polyester powder coated textured finish – 20% gloss
• White – RAL 9016
Installation advice• Please contact the Timloc Technical team
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
• Spare keys available upon request
• Lock and hinge mechanism can be oiled with a standard metal lubricant if required
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityMetal 1 Hour Fire Rated Deep Frame Access Panels Picture Framed L20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause
630^ HATCHES
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel:01405 765567, Fax:01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Timloc Fire Rated Access Panels
• Type: Timloc Metal 1 Hour Fire Rated Deep Frame Access Panels PictureFramed• Product Code: example APC550x550FR (see other product codes/variation of sizes)
• Frame fitting size: 555 x 555mm (see other product codes/variation
of sizes)
• Application: example Wall, Ceiling or Voids• Frame type: Picture• Colour: White - RAL 9016 Textured Polyester Powder Coating – 20% Gloss
Products in the range Metal 1 hour rated access panels – picture frame Frame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door and Productsize size and frame lock type code dimension 555 x 555mm 510 x 510mm 600 x 600mm Hinged with APC550x550FR
T-key lock
605 x 605mm 560 x 560mm 650 x 650mm Hinged with APC600x600FR
T-key lock
605 x 905mm 560 x 860mm 650 x 950mm Hinged with APC600x900FR
T-key lock
905 x 905mm 860 x 860mm 950 x 950mm Hinged with APC900x900FR
T-key lock
605 x 1205mm 560 x 1160mm 650 X 1250mm Hinged with APC600x1200FR
T-key lock
Depth80mm
Visible framewidth 25mm
75Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Access panels
Tile insert access panels
Fire rated and non fire rated tile insert access panels for ceramic and marble tiled walls
Use• To provide simple, easy access through ceramic/marble tiled walls up to a thickness of 10mm (tile & adhesive bedding) to gain access to concealed plumbing, switches, valves, stopcocks, fuse boxes, controls and connections
Features and benefits• Purpose-made product saves time and money compared with traditional access doors
• Excellent aesthetic appearance
• Factory finished and simple to fit
• Fire rated and non fire rated
• Concealed or visible frame
• Push catch and security lock options
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001: 2000, BS EN 1634-1 and BS 476 Part 22
Material and colour choice• Door - 1.2mm thick electro – galvanised mild steel finished in white powder coated semi-gloss (RAL9010)
• Visible frame - 1.2mm thick electro - galvanised mild steel finished in white powder coated semi-gloss (RAL9010)
• Concealed frame - 1.2mm thick electro - galvanised mild steel finished in white powder coated primer
Installation advice• Determine size of panel required. This should be based on tile size, grout width, panel height & width required (to tile module) e.g using 150 x 150 tiles with 2mm grout gaps, panel door to be 2 tiles wide x 2 tiles high - width & height is 150 + 2 + 150. Panel therefore required is 302mm x 302mm
• The aperture should be 5mm larger than the panel frame. The panel door should align vertically & horizontally with the planned module
• Ensure panel is flush & square
• Screw fix through the frame into studs/battens using packers as required
• Fit tiles to door
• Fit tiles to frame maintaining a clear gap to match the grout width (e.g 2mm)
• Grout remainder of wall as required & remove excess tile adhesive & grout from between door/frame
How to order• Determined by tile module size, please refer to installation advice
• Stipulate if the panel requires to be fire rated (FR) or non fire rated
• Visible or concealed frame (visible frame generally used on existing tiled walls only)
• Push catch (PC) or security lock (SL)
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause360^ HATCHES • Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Tile Insert Access Panel (see other product codes/variation of sizes) • Type: Tile Insert Access Panels • Application: Easy access through ceramic/marble tiled walls • Colour: White powder coated mild steel
76 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline andabove
Roofline and above
Technical information & installation advice:
Soffit vent type C
Push in soffit vent
Over fascia vent
1m over fascia vent
Over fascia ventilation system
Corbel vent
Roof vent mk3
Roof vent mk3 cottage style
Roll form eaves vent
Insuvent
6m eaves vent pack
Eaves comb filler
Eaves vent protector
Universal slate ventilator
Tile ventilators
GRP valley troughs and joining strips
77787980818283848586878889909192
Free airflow requirements
Primary roof ventilators
Secondary roof ventilators
Vapour permeable underlay
Product selection
Installation advice
Valley troughs and joining strips
105105105106106106107
GRP secret gutters (abutment soakers)
Dry fix GRP valley troughs
Dry fix GRP joining/bonding strips
Dry fix verge for profiled tiles
Dry fix continuous verge system for slate and flat tiles
6m roll out dry fix ridge system
6m roll out dry fix hip system
9394-959697-9899-100101-102103-104
77Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Soffit vent type CEfficient, strip type eaves ventilator
Use• For roof eaves ventilation
• On roofs where the eaves incorporate a soffit board
• With soffit boards of between 6mm and 9mm in thickness
Features and benefits• Efficient, unobtrusive and easy to fit
• 4mm wide slots comply with BS 5250 : 2011
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• UV stabilised and colourfast
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by extrusion in UPVC
• Available in white or brown - product 1137 also available in black
Products in the systemProduct 1137Provides ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening (10,000mm2 per metre run).
Product 1138Provides ventilation equivalent to a continuous 25mm opening (25,000mm2 per metre run).
Both products are supplied in 2.4m lengths.
Installation advice• Use product 1137 to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or more, and the roof void is attic or loft space
• Use product 1138 to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees, flat roofs or any roof where living accommodation is contained within the roof space
• Ideally the soffit board should be 6mm in thickness. Thicker boards up to 9mm can be accommodated with care, but it may be necessary to chamfer the edge of the board to make installation easier
• Ensure the ventilator is fixed securely to the back of the fascia board using all the fixing holes provided. Screws are preferable, but nails may be used with care
• Ventilation must be provided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Determine whether the roof design requires ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening (product 1137), or 25mm opening (product 1138)
• Specify which colour is preferred
• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated anddivide by 2.4m to determine the number of lengths required
Soffit ventilator strip 2.4m type C (10mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
910^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATION
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Soffit boards: Fix to leave a continuous ventilation opening not less than
10mmwide for full length of eaves
• Fit a propriety Soffit Ventilator Strip Type C across the required opening
to prevent large insect entry.
• Product Reference: 1137 • Type: Soffit Ventilator Strip 2.4m Type C (10mm Airflow) • Colour: .......... (Black, White, Brown)
Soffit ventilator strip 2.4m type C (25mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
910^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATION
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Soffit boards: Fix to leave a continuous ventilation opening not less than
25mmwide for full length of eaves
• Fit a propriety Soffit Ventilator Strip Type C across the required opening
to prevent large insect entry.
• Product Reference: 1138 • Type: Soffit Ventilator Strip 2.4m Type C (25mm Airflow) • Colour: .......... (White, Brown)
Product codesSoffit vent type CFree airflow Vent type Colour Product code10,000mm2 per metre Slot White 1137WH
10,000mm2 per metre Slot Brown 1137BR
10,000mm2 per metre Slot Black 1137BL
25,000mm2 per metre Slot White 1138WH
25,000mm2 per metre Slot Brown 1138BR
1137 1138
78 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Push in soffit ventEfficient, circular ventilator in a range of colours
Use• For roof eaves ventilation
• For remedial work on existing roofs
• On roofs where ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening is required
• On roofs where the eaves incorporate a soffit board
Features and benefits• Efficient, unobtrusive and easy to fit
• Can be fitted to existing soffit boards in situ
• 4mm wide holes comply with BS 5250 : 2011
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• UV stabilised and colourfast
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene
• Available in white, black or brown
Products in the systemPush in vents - Products 1140/1141/1142All provide a free airflow of 1600mm2 per unit and should bespaced at 160mm centres to achieve ventilation equivalent to acontinuous 10mm opening.
Installation advice• Use to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or more, and the roof void is attic or loft space
• Do not use to ventilate pitched roofs where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees, flat roofs or any roof where living accommodation is contained within the roof space
• Space ventilators at 160mm centres
• Take care to ensure the fixing holes are cut accurately with a diameter of between 69-70mm. If the holes are oversize, the ventilators will not fix securely
• The ventilators should be a firm push fit into the fixing holes
• Ventilation must be provided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
Please see technical section for more details.
How to order• Specify which colour is preferred
• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 160mm to determine the number of ventilators required
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 1140/1/2 • Type: Push in Soffit Vent (70mm diameter) • Colour: .......... (Black, White, Brown) • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than
10mm for the full length of eaves.
Product codesPush in soffit ventDescription Colour Product codePush in soffit vent White 1140
Push in soffit vent Black 1141
Push in soffit vent Brown 1142
79Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Over fascia ventDurable, multi-purpose ventilatorin a range of colours
Use• For roof eaves ventilation
• For flat roof abutment ventilation
• On roofs where the eaves incorporate a fascia board
• On roofs which do not incorporate a soffit board, or where an unbroken soffit board is required
Features and benefits• Very unobtrusive and easy to fit
• Superior strength construction - will carry the weight of the bottom row of tiles
• 4mm wide slots comply with BS 5250 : 2011
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• UV stabilised and colourfast
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in high densitypolypropylene
• Available in white, black or brown
Products in the systemOver fascia vent - Product 3011Provides ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening(10,000mm2 per metre run).
Over fascia vent - Product 3011-25Provides ventilation equivalent to a continuous 25mm opening(25,000mm2 per metre run).
Both products are supplied in 300mm lengths.
Installation advice• Use product 3011 to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or more, and the roof void is attic or loft space
• Use product 3011-25 to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees, flat roofs or any roof where living accommodation is contained within the roof space
• Make sure each ventilator is fixed securely into the top of the fascia board using at least three screws or nails per ventilator
• On pitched roofs it is advisable to provide a felt support above the fascia ventilator, projecting at least 10mm beyond the front of the ventilator. This will prevent the felt from sagging behind the fascia board and will maintain a clear air path at the front
• When ventilating flat roof abutments with product 3011-25 some extra joinery work is essential - please consult Timloc Technical Services Department
• Ventilation must be provided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Determine whether the roof design requires ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening (3011), or 25mm opening (3011-25)
• Specify which colour is preferred
• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 300mm to determine the number of lengths required
Over fascia ventilator 300mm (10mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 3011 • Type: Over Fascia Ventilator (300mm) 10mm Airflow • Colour: .......... (Black, White, Brown) • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than
10mm for the full length of eaves.
Over fascia ventilator 300mm (25mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 3011-25 • Type: Over Fascia Ventilator (300mm) 25mm Airflow • Colour: .......... (Black, White, Brown) • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than
25mm for the full length of eaves.
Product codesOver fascia ventFree airflow Length Product code10,000mm2 per metre 300mm 3011*
25,000mm2 per metre 300mm 3011-25*
*Include colour option (WH=White, BL=Black, BR=Brown)
43mm24mm
26mm
15mm
54mm
15mm
3011
3011-25
80 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
1m over fascia ventEfficient, durable ventilatorin convenient 1m lengths
Use• For roof eaves ventilation
• For flat roof abutment ventilation
• On roofs where the eaves incorporate a fascia board
• On roofs which do not incorporate a soffit board, or where an unbroken soffit board is required
Features and benefits• Efficient, very unobtrusive and easy to fit
• Superior strength construction - will carry the weight of the bottom row of tiles
• 3.5mm - 4mm wide ventilation slots comply with BS 5250 : 2011
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• UV stabilised and colourfast
• Supplied in convenient 1m lengths
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene
• Available in black or white
Installation advice• Use product OF/1 to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or more, and the roof void is attic or loft space
• Use product OF/2 to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees, flat roofs or any roof where living accommodation is contained within the roof space
• Make sure each ventilator is fixed securely into the top of the fasciaboard using screws or nails through each fixing hole provided
• On pitched roofs it is advisable to provide a felt support above the fascia ventilator. This will prevent the felt from sagging behind the fascia board and will maintain a clear air path at the front
• When ventilating flat roof abutments with product OF/2 some extra joinery work is essential - see the illustration above
• Ventilation must be provided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
How to order• Determine whether the roof design requires ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening (OF/1), or 25mm opening (OF/2)
• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 1m to determine the number of ventilators required
Over fascia ventilator 1000mm (10mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: OF/1 • Type: Over Fascia Ventilator (1000mm) 10mm Airflow • Colour: .......... (Black, White) • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than
10mm for the full length of eaves.
Over fascia ventilator 1000mm (25mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: OF/2 • Type: Over Fascia Ventilator (1000mm) 25mm Airflow • Colour: .......... (Black, White) • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than
25mm for the full length of eaves.
Product codes1m over fascia ventFree airflow Length Colour Product code10,000mm2 per metre 1m Black OF/1BL
25,000mm2 per metre 1m Black OF/2BL
10,000mm2 per metre 1m White OF/1WH
25,000mm2 per metre 1m White OF/2WH
22mm35mm
20mm 51mm50mm
20mm
OF/1 OF/2
81Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Over fascia ventilationsystemEfficient, durable, single product multi-function ventilation system
Use• For roof eaves ventilation
• On roofs where the eaves incorporate a fascia board
• On roofs which do not incorporate a soffit board or where an unbroken soffit board is required
Features and benefits• Provides ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening(10,000mm2 per metre run) and is supplied in 900mm lengths.
• Efficient, very unobtrusive and easy to fit
• Superior strength construction - will carry the weight of the bottom row of tiles
• Performs several functions in a single product - over fascia ventilator, felt support/eaves protector and eaves comb filler
• 4mm wide ventilation slots comply with BS 5250 : 2011
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• UV stabilised and colourfast
• Supplied in convenient 900mm lengths
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS IN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene
• Available in black only
Product codes including C incorporate an integral eaves comb filler.
Installation advice• Use to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is 15degrees or more, and the roof void is attic or loft space
• Make sure each ventilator is fixed securely into the top of the fascia board using screws or nails through the fixing holes provided
• Products designed so that the roofing felt will be cut backflush with the edge of the fascia board, and not dressed out intothe gutter
• Ventilation must be provided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
Please see technical section for more details.
How to order• Specify product code with C if integral eaves comb filler is needed
• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 900mm to determine the number of ventilatorsrequired
Over fascia ventilation system 900mm (10mm airflow)
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 3014/C or 3014 • Type: Over Fascia Ventilation System (900mm) 10mm Airflow • Colour: Black • Type: .......... (with or without eaves bird comb) • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than
10mm for the full length of eaves.
Product codesOver fascia ventilation systemFree airflow Length Eaves comb Product code10,000mm2 per metre 900mm Yes 3014C
10,000mm2 per metre 900mm No 3014
60mm38mm
150mm
15mm
70mm
18mm
55mm
3014C
82 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Corbel ventSpecially designed for use with corbelledbrickwork details
Use• For roof eaves ventilation
• On roofs where ventilation equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening is required
• On roofs where the eaves are finished with corbelled masonry
• On roofs which do not incorporate a soffit board or fascia board
Features and benefits• Efficient, very unobtrusive and easy to fit
• Superior strength construction - will carry the weight of the bottom row of tiles
• Can be installed without having to drill the brickwork by using the special fixing clips provided and building them into the perp mortar joints
• 4mm wide ventilation slots comply with BS 5250 : 2011
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• UV stabilised and colourfast
• Supplied in 2.4m lengths with a set of eight fixing clips per length
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by extrusion in UPVC
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Use to ventilate pitched roofs, where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or more, and the roof void is attic or loft space
• Do not use to ventilate pitched roofs where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees, flat roofs or any roof where living accommodation is contained within the roof space
• Make sure each ventilator is fixed securely to the top row of corbelling using all eight clips provided
• It is advisable to provide a felt support above the corbel vent. This should project at least 15mm beyond the front of the vent to prevent felt from sagging between the rafters and to maintain a clear air path to the vent front
• Ventilation must be provided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
Please see technical section for more details.
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 2.4m to determine the number of ventilators required
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 3012 • Type: Corbel Ventilator Strip 2.4m • Colour: Black • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than 10mm for the full length of eaves.
Product codeCorbel ventFree airflow Length Vent type Product code10,000mm2 per metre 2.4m Slot 3012
45mm
25mm
83Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Roof vent mk3Durable system to maintain ventilation between insulation and roofing felt
Use• For pitched roof eaves ventilation
• On roofs with regular rafter spacings of 600mm
Features and benefits• Suits rafter spacings of 600mm centres on standard pitchedroofs, to maintain a 25mm deep channel between insulation & roof membrane
• Efficient and easy to fit
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• Can adjust to suit slight variations in timber thickness or rafter spacing
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by vacuum forming in UPVC
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Fit ventilators between each pair of rafters along the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
• The ventilator should be positioned centrally above the wall plate position. This is the narrowest part of the roof where insulation is most likely to constrict the airflow
• Usually a single row of vents will be adequate. However, with shallow pitch roofs, room-in-the-roof applications or where very thick roof insulation is used, extra rows of vents may be needed
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by the rafter spacing to determine the number of ventilators required
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 1123 • Type: Roof Vent Mk.3 10mm Airflow • Colour: Black • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than 10mm for the full length of eaves.
Product codeRoof vent mk325mm deep channel to suit 10mm airflow soffit/fascia ventsTo suit rafter spacings Product code600mm 1123
NB. For applications of deep fill loft insulation there may be a requirement to install a double row of rafter vent units. These additional units will butt join to form a double layer.
600mm
25mmor 50mm
330mm
2 x 1123
84 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Roof vent mk3 cottage styleVents for a roof with exposed rafters and no soffit boarding
Use• For pitched roof eaves ventilation
• On roofs which use a ‘cottage style’ eaves design with exposed rafters and no soffit board
• On roofs with regular rafter spacings of 600mm
Features and benefits• Suits rafter spacings of 600mm centres on standard pitchedroofs, to maintain a 25mm deep channel between insulation & roof membrane
• Efficient and easy to fit
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by vacuum forming in UPVC
• Front grille formed by extrusion in UPVC
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Fit ventilators between each pair of rafters along the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
• The ventilator should be positioned so that its front grille is flush with the outside face of the facing brickwork
• Any gap which is left between the top of the brick and thebottom of the front grille of the vent should be made good
• Usually a single row of vents will be adequate. However, with shallow pitch roofs, room in the roof applications or where very thick roof insulation is used, the tray part of the ventilators may need to be extended. This can be achieved by using extra rows of the appropriate Roof vent mk3
Please see technical section for more details.
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 600mm to determine the number of ventilators required
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 1124 • Type: Roof Vent Mk.3 Cottage Style 10mm Airflow • Colour: Black • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than 10mm for the full length of eaves. • Option: Specify rafter centres .........................
Product codesRoof vent mk3 cottage style25mm deep channel with 10mm airflow through grilleTo suit rafter spacings Product code600mm 1124
NB. For applications of deep fill loft insulation there may be a requirement to install a double row of rafter vent units. These additional units will butt join to form a double layer.
For cottage style applications ensure that equal number of plain mk3’s (1123) and mk3 Cottage style units are ordered.
600mm
50mmor 69mm
330mm
1 x 1124
1 x 1123
85Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Roll form eaves vent rollout rafter trayEasy to install system to maintain ventilationbetween insulation and roofing felt
Use• For pitched roof eaves ventilation
• On standard pitched roofs where the pitch is 15 degrees or more and the roof void is an attic or loft space
• On roofs with rafter spacings of between 400mm and 600mm centres
Features and benefits• Durable, totally resistant to decay, easy to fit
• Supplied in convenient 6m rolls
• Suitable for new build and refurbishment projects
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by vacuum forming in UPVC
• Available in black only
Products in the systemProduct 1121 - 300mm Roll form eaves ventSingle row of 300mm roll panel coverage suitable for:Insulation depth Min roof pitch (deg)100mm 17.5°
150mm 25°
200mm 35°
225mm 40°
250mm 45°
Product 1131 - 600mm Roll form eaves ventSingle row of 600mm roll panel coverage suitable for:Insulation depth Min roof pitch (deg)100mm 10°
200mm 17.5°
225mm 20°
250mm 22.5°
270mm 25°
300mm 27.5°
350mm 32.5°
400mm 37.5°
Installation advice• Unroll the ventilator along the rafters along the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
• Position centrally above the wall plate. This is the narrowest part of the roof where the roof insulation is most likely to constrict the airflow
• Push the corrugations down over the top of the rafters and secureusing clout nails or staples
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by 6m to determine the number of rolls of ventilator required
Product codeRoll form eaves ventDepth of ventilation channel Width Length Product codeGreater than 25mm 300mm 6m 1121
Greater than 25mm 600mm 6m 1131
300mm600mm
35mm
35mm
1121 1131
Improved rigidity for clear ventilation channel assurance
when installed
86 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
InsuventDesigned to ensure ventilation in existingroofs when insulation quilts are installed
Use• For ensuring adequate ventilation as a retrofit when additional layers of insulation are laid
• For pitched roof eaves ventilation
• For remedial work on existing roofs
• On standard pitched roofs where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or more and the roof space is an attic or loft space
• On roofs with regular rafter spacings of between 450mm and 600mm
Features and benefits• Provides sufficient continuous airflow to prevent condensation
• Suits rafter spacings of 600mm centres and can easily be cut down to suit rafter spacings of 450mm
• Efficient and easy to fit
• Can be installed without removing the roof covering
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• Can be added whenever extra insulation is applied
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by vacuum forming in UPVC
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Fit ventilators between each pair of rafters along the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action
• The ventilators should be folded over to form the shape shown in the illustration and fitted directly on top of the wall plate
• The end of the roof insulation is then pushed into the open ‘mouth’ of the ventilator
• Additional ventilators can be added to suit additional layers of insulation
How to order• Determine the rafter spacing
• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated and divide by the rafter spacing to determine the number of ventilators required
• Each unit will allow ventilation for 150mm thickness of insulation
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 1122 • Type: Insuvent Refurbishment vent 10mm Airflow • Colour: Black • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than 10mm for the full length of eaves. • Option: Specify rafter centres .........................
Product codeInsuventDepth of ventilation channel To suit rafter spacing of Product code25mm 600mm 1122
100mm
100mm
100mm
Varies
87Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
6m eaves vent packA complete, easy-to-fit ventilation system in one pack
Use• For pitched roof eaves ventilation
• On standard pitched roofs
• On roofs with rafter spacings of between 400mm and 600mm
Features and benefits• Efficient and easy to fit
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• Complete eaves ventilation in a single pack
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Over fascia ventilators are manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene. Roll form eaves vent and felt support panels are produced by vacuum forming in UPVC
• Available in black only
Products in the system1m over fascia ventilator - Product OF1 (EVP6) or OF2 (EVP25)Six lengths are included in the pack.
Roll form eaves ventilator - Product 1121 (300mm) or 1131 (600mm)One 6m roll is included in the pack.
Product 1121 - 300mm Roll form eaves ventSingle row of 300mm roll panel coverage suitable for:Insulation depth Min roof pitch (deg)100mm 17.5°
150mm 25°
200mm 35°
225mm 40°
250mm 45°
Product 1131 - 600mm Roll form eaves ventSingle row of 600mm roll panel coverage suitable for:Insulation depth Min roof pitch (deg)100mm 10°
200mm 17.5°
225mm 20°
250mm 22.5°
270mm 25°
300mm 27.5°
350mm 32.5°
400mm 37.5°
Felt support panel - Product 1128Ten 600mm lengths are included in the pack.
Installation adviceRoll form eaves ventsUnroll the ventilator along the rafters along the full length of theeaves. Position centrally above the wall plate. This is the narrowestpart of the roof where the roof insulation is most likely to constrict the airflow. Push the corrugations down over the top of the raftersand secure using clout nails or staples.
Over fascia ventsFix ventilators to the top edge of the fascia board using screws or nails through the fixing holes provided. Ventilation must beprovided for the full length of the eaves and along both sides of the building to create a cross flow ventilation action.
Felt support panelsFit directly on top of the over fascia vent. Secure with clout nails driven into the top of the fascia board through the slots in the over fascia vent. Ensure each panel is allowed to overlap the next. Allow the rear of the panel to lay back on to the rafters.
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be ventilated anddivide by 6m to determine the number of packs required
Product code6m eaves vent packFree airflow Roll form vent width Length Product code10,000mm2 per metre 300mm 6m EVP6
25,000mm2 per metre 300mm 6m EVP6-25
10,000mm2 per metre 600mm 6m EVP6/600
25,000mm2 per metre 600mm 6m EVP6/25600
NB. EVP6-25 contains a 25mm deep roll form eaves vent not 50mm.
300mm600mm35mm
35mm
1121 1131
22mm35mm
20mm
51mm50mm
20mm
OF/1 OF/2
88 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Eaves comb fillerDesigned to prevent entry of birds and verminbelow profiled roof tiles
Use• At the eaves of a roof
• Below profiled roof tiles to exclude birds and vermin
Features and benefits• Effective, quick and easy to fit
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• Supplied in convenient 1m lengths
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Injection moulded in polypropylene
• Available in black only
Installation advice• Fit on the top of the fascia board before tiles are laid. The comb must angle outwards away from the roof
• Secure with clout nails through the holes provided
• Bed bottom row of tiles on to the comb
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves and divide by 1m to determine the number of combs required
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 1136 • Type: Eaves Comb Filler (1000mm) • Colour: Black
Product code6m eaves vent packDepth of comb Length Product code55mm 1m 1136
55mm
22mm
89Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Eaves vent protectorDesigned to prevent damage to roofing felt
Use• At the eaves of a roof to support and protect roofing felt
• For remedial work to replace worn or perished roofing felt
Features and benefits• Effective, quick and easy to fit
• Improves performance of other roofing materials
• Ideal for remedial work
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• Supplied in convenient 1.5m lengths
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Extruded in UPVC
• Available in black/dark grey
Installation advice• Fit on the top of the fascia board below roofing felt, allowing a 150mm overlap where pieces join
• Secure with clout nails and fold back the rear flap to rest on the rafters
How to order• Measure the overall length of the eaves to be protected and divide by 1.35m to determine the number of protectors required
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 3017 • Type: Eaves Protector (1500mm) • Colour: Black
Product codeEaves vent protectorLength Product code1.5m 3017
180mm
30mm
30mm50mm
90 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Universal slate ventilatorIdeal for new build and existing roof applications
Use• For replacement of one normal roof slate to provide a ventilator
• Ventilating a roof space at low level or high level
• Connection to mechanical extraction from kitchen/bathrooms
• Ventilation outlet for soil vent pipe
Features and benefits• Free vent area of 10,000mm2
• Suits slate sizes 610mm x 305mm or 510mm x 255mm
• Inconspicuous low hood design
• Can be combined with pipe adaptor kit to enable connection of 100mm soil vent pipe and/or mechanical extractor
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured from polypropylene
• Available in black
Products in the systemSlate ventilator - Product 4001Provides free vent area of 10,000mm2.
Pipe adaptor kit - Product 4101Fits to the underside of the slate vent to allow a standard 100mm soil vent pipe to be connected, kit includes pipe adaptor,0.5mtr flexible PVC pipe and fixing tie.
Pipe adaptor only - Product 4102.Flexible PVC pipe (1mtr long) only - Product 4103.Fixing tie only - Product 4104.Installation advice• When fixed at 1 metre centres and at a minimum of 1 metre up from the eaves, a ventilation property equivalent to a 10mm continuous air gap is achieved
• Use product as supplied for the larger slate option (610mm x 305mm)
• Cut product along guide lines for smaller slate option (510mm x 255mm)
• The ventilator replaces one normal slate
• The two roof slates directly beneath the ventilator must be cut to accommodate the felt penetration sleeve on the rear of the slate vent (cut away the minimum possible to achieve a tight fit using the slate ventilator as a template)
• Cut an X into the felt 200mm x 105mm at the point of the felt penetration sleeve, fold up/outwards the four triangular flaps to form an aperture 200mm x 105mm which will accommodate the sleeve, nail the top flaps over the battens
• Position the vent and nail into the batten through the nail slots provided
• Secure the front of the vent using a copper disc rivet
• Connect pipe adaptor kit to underside of slate vent if required
How to order• Contact our Sales Department - Telephone 01405 765567
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: 4001 • Type: Universal Slate Ventilator (610mm x 305mm) 10mm Airflow • Colour: Black • Airway: Provide the equivalent of a continuous opening of not less than 10mm for the full length of eaves. • Optional Accessories: .....................................................
e.g. 4101 Pipe Adaptor Kit (Black)
Product codesUniversal slate ventilatorSuits slate sizes of either 610mm x 305mm or 510mm x 255mm
Description Colour/ Effective Product code finish free areaSlate ventilator Black 10,000mm2 4001
Pipe adaptor kit Black 4101
1 mtr Pipe adaptor only Black 4102
Flexible PVC pipe only Grey 4103
Flexible tie only Black 4104
Slate ventilator 4001 Pipe adaptor kit 4101
91Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Tile ventilatorsVentilators to suit most common styles of roof tiles
Use• To provide inconspicuous ventilation to suit most types of roof tiles
• Suitable for high or low level venting
• Can be used for mechanical extraction or with soil pipes
Features and benefits• High performance while retaining the aesthetics of roof design
• Suitable for use with a wide range of roof tile profiles
• Range of standard colours and profiles
• UV stable for continuous exposure
• Quick to install, requiring no special tools or maintenance
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements
• Meets requirements of Building Regulations Approved Document Part F1, Part F2 and BS 5250:2011 ‘Code of practice for control of condensation in buildings’
Material and colour choice• TV8 in PVC-u
• TV62 in polypropylene
• Available in terracotta, red, sepia and anthracite
Products in the systemTV8 plain tile ventilatorFor small, non- interlocking clay and concrete plain tiles. It issuitable for high/low level venting in roofs with minimum pitches of35° (clay tiles) and 40° (concrete tiles). Each vent has a slottedinhibitor to keep out large insects and vermin and requires aminimum of batten and tile trimming during installation. Free ventarea 6250mm2.
TV62 profiled tile ventilatorProfiles to suit most common styles of interlocking roof tiles. Suitable for high or low level venting in roofs with pitches of 22.5°and over and can be used to supplement or replace otherventilation such as dry ridge, abutment or eaves systems. Alsosuitable for ventilation of compartmental roof spaces, such as fire walls. Free vent area 15,000 mm2.
Installation advice• For TV8 a ‘V’ cut is made immediately below the batten. The “pennant” is pulled up tightly round the batten and pinned in place
• For TV62 at each ventilating tile position the underlay must be cut to form the required opening and its edge folded, and where necessary, supported to prevent the ingress of water. The vents are then laid and fixed by the roofer in place of an ordinary tile
How to orderDetermine the quantity required according to the use for which the ventilator is being put, specify the type of tile being used and the colour.
Bill of quantityG20 Carpentry/Timber Framing/First FixingClause
900^ EAVES SOFFIT VENTILATORS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: TV8/TV62 MEN etc • Type: Plain Tile Ventilator/Profiled Tile Ventilator • To suit Tile: Plain Tile/Profiled Tile Marley etc • Colour: Terracotta/Red/Sepia/Anthracite
Product codesTile ventilatorsAvailable in terracotta, red, sepia and anthracite
Description Suitable for Product codePlain tile ventilator TV8*
Profiled tile ventilator Marley Mendip
Redland Grovebury
and similar profiles TV62 MEN*
Profiled tile ventilator Marley Modern,
Russell Grampian
Redland Mini Stoneworld
and similar profiles TV62 MDA*
Profiled tile ventilator Marley Ludlow
and similar profiles TV62 MLM*
Profiled tile ventilator Marley Double Roman
Russell Double Roman
Redland Landmark Double Roman
Sandtoft Double Roman
and similar profiles TV62 FRA*
* Include colour choice option (TE=Terracotta, RE=Red, SE=Sepia, AN=Anthracite)
TV62 MEN sepia TV62 MDA terracotta TV62 MLM anthracite TV62 FRA red
TV8 terracotta
92 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
216mm
Use• On roofs constructed in concrete or clay tiles, or in natural or man-made slates
• Valley trough - At roof valley intersections to provide a weatherproof drainage channel at the point where cut tiles or slates meet
• Valley trough - As a cost-effective alternative to traditional lead lined valleys
• Valley trough - On roofs with a pitch of between 15 - 60 degrees
• Joining strip - As an aid to remedial work where new, or dissimilar tiles or slates are laid up to an existing roof covering
• Joining strip - To form a weatherproof channel at the point where the two types of roof tile or slate meet
Features and benefits• Light and easy to handle
• More cost-effective than lead
• Of no value to thieves
• Quick and easy to install
• Special gel coat finish provides added long term durability
• Available in 3m lengths in packs of 10
• BBA Approved
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured in GRP (glass reinforced polyester)
• Available in dark grey only
Products in the systemUniversal valley troughSuitable for all types of roof covering.
Slate valley troughSpecifically designed for roofs constructed of natural or man-made slates.
Joining stripFor applications where dissimilar roof coverings meet.
Installation advice - valley troughs• Valley boards must be installed to support the valley trough. This is a requirement of the NHBC Standards
• The valley bottom should be lined with a continuous strip of roofing felt to run the full length of the valley from eaves to ridge. The main roofing felt should then be lapped over into the valley bottom
• Valley trough edges must be supported on counter battens and secured with galvanised clout nails at not more than 1m centres
• It is important to ensure that the centre of the valley trough is pushed down firmly into the valley bottom before it is fixed
• Tiles should be bedded on to mortar laid on the sand impregnatedstrips which are factory bonded on to the valley trough
• Slates should be secured with clips or rivets in the usual way
Please see technical section for more details.Installation advice - joining strips• Strip back the roof covering over the party wall to provide room to work
• Make good the roofing felt and battens over the party wall
• Position the joining strip on top of the battens, directly over the party wall, and secure to the battens using galvanised clout nails through the outer flange of the joining strip
• Make good the roof tiles or slates ensuring that they meet half way across the joining strip and are bedded on to a strip of mortar
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Measure the valley length up the slope and divide by 3m to determine the quantity of valley troughs required
• Allow a minimum of 150mm lap if it is necessary to join valley sections
Bill of quantityH60 Plain Roof TilingClause
605^ GRP VALLEYS
• Underlay: Lay as recommended by GRP valley manufacturer.
• GRP valleys:
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Product Reference: Valley Trough/Joining Strip for Tile or Slate Roofs • Roof Tiles: Cut adjacent tiles to fit neatly.
• Bedding. On mortar as clause 290 on GRP valleys.
• Valley width between tiles: .......................mm.
Product codesValley troughs and joining stripsDescription Length Product codeUniversal valley trough 3m Valley
Slate valley trough 3m Slate valley
Joining strip 3m Joining strip
Universal valley trough Slate valley trough Joining strip
360mm 330mm
Valley troughs and joining stripsDurable products for any type of roof tile or slate covering
93Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Roofline and above
GRP secret gutters(abutment soakers) Preformed GRPprofiles that providesecondary protectionagainst water ingressat sloping roof andcavity wallabutments.
Use• For slate or flat interlocking roof tiles
• On roof pitches up to 60°
• Sloping roof and cavity wall abutments
• Areas of high weather exposure
Features and benefits• Preformed profiles – no on-site fabrication
• No material value to site thieves
• Anti-capillary rib provides additional ingress protection
• Quick installation
• Virtually maintenance free material
• UV inhibiting film restricts mould and fungal growth
• Sanded strip for mortar bonding
• Supplied in 3m lengths
Quality• BBA Certificated
• Fire rated to BS 476 part 3 – SAB & BS 476 part 7 Class 3
• Manufactured to BS EN 9001
Material and colour choice• ‘Lead’ grey colour
• Glass Reinforced Polyester
Installation advice• The roof should be covered with underlay (as standard practice),with the underlay finished and turned approximately 100mm upthe abutting wall
• Roofing battens must be cut short of the abutment wall to allow a50mm gap between the wall and the counter batten
• For slates, the roofing batten must be routed to a depth of 10mmto allow the top of the water bars to be at the same level as therest of the roof battens. The counter batten must be sized tomatch the reduced depth
• Noggins may need to be fixed flush to the top of the rafters toanchor the roof and counter battens
• Ensure that the up-stand against the wall doesn’t cover any partof an abutment cavity tray that’s built into the wall, before thesecret gutter is fitted into its final position
• Start fixing of the secret gutter from its foot, using 25mm clout-headed nails at a maximum of 500mm centres onto the roofingbattens
• Consecutive lengths of abutment secret gutters are laid dressedto shed water down the slope, allowing a minimum 150mmvertical overlap at any joints
• The use of double slates/tiles is advised, to eliminate smallsections requiring fixing
• The slates are laid in the normal manner, ensuring that they areflush to the abutment flashing
• Where tiles are used, these are bedded onto mortar which isapplied onto the sanded mortar key strip running longitudinallyalong the length of the product. It may be necessary to break offthe nibs of concrete tiles to eliminate kick-up
• Code 4 lead stepped flashings should be used to dress over theabutment flashing up-stand from a built in cavity tray
• Trimming of the fascia board may be required to allow water tobe discharged into the gutter. Alternatively, a tilt fillet and leadsaddle/outlet can be incorporated
• The installation of GRP secret gutters and roof slating/tiling mustbe carried out in accordance with all relevant British Standardclauses
How to orderMeasure the sloping length of the abutment in metres and divideby 3 (product is supplied in 3m lengths).
Allow for a minimum vertical overlap of 150mm if it’s necessary tojoin GRP secret gutter sections together.
Product codeGRP secret gutter/abutment soaker Description Dimensions (w x l) Product codeGRP secret gutter/abutment soaker 140 x 3000mm 88111
lead flashingbonded into wall
tile
25mm clout-headnail
counterbatten
mortarbonding
roofingunderlay
roofingbatten
94 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Roofline and above
Dry fix GRP Valley Troughs Mortar-less roof drainage dry valley systems.Provides quicker, safer and simpler installationprocesses compared to traditional wet fix andlead material alternatives.
Use• Valley troughs provide a weatherproof drainage channel wherethere are changes in direction or material in the roof structure
• Suitable for:
- concrete or clay roof tiles
- natural and man-made roof slates
• On roof pitches up to 60°
• Head closers units close the up-stand at the top of dry fix valleytroughs that finish at a ridge section and form a watertight saddle with a corresponding valley troughs
• Eaves closer units protect the underside of the valley trough from water ingress and forms a water run off to the gutter
Features and benefits• Robust and cost effective material with no scrap or resale value
• Maintenance free, light and easy to handle and cut
• Substantially quicker installation time than mortar based process
• Adequate flexibility for roof pitch variation
• Can be installed in virtually all weather conditions
• UV inhibiting film restricts mould and fungal growth
• Fully flexible closers material enables precise fitting to troughsand other roof materials
• Valley troughs supplied in 3m lengths
Quality• Complies with the NFRC Technical Bulletin – 28
• Satisfies NHBC requirements
• BBA Approved
• Fire rated to BS 476 part 3 – SAB & BS 476 part 7 Class 3
Material and colour choice• ‘Lead’ grey colour
• Valley – Glass Reinforced Polyester
• Closers – flexible rubber composite material
Products in the system3m dry fix GRP universal valley trough* – Product 88106Featuring a 110mm up-stand to suit natural or manmade slate andconcreate and clay roof tiles.
Eaves closer for dry fix GRP universal valley trough ** – Product88107For installation with the dry fix GRP universal valley trough.
90° head closer for dry fix GRP universal valley trough– Product88108For installation with the dry fix GRP universal valley trough.
3m dry fix valley trough for slate – Product 88103Featuring a 70mm up-stand for natural or manmade slate roof tiles.
Eaves closer for 3m dry fix GRP slate valley trough** – Product88104For installation with the dry fix GRP slate valley trough.
90° head closer for dry fix GRP slate valley trough – Product88105For installation with the dry fix GRP slate valley trough.
* Supplied with flexible self-adhesive packers ** Supplied with valley section support piece and flexible battens
Page 1 of 2 see next page
25mm clout-headnailroofing
battenroof
underlay
counterbatten
rafter
noggin
slate or shallowtile application
slate
noggin
raftertile
application
25mm clout-headnailroofing
battenroof
underlay
counter battentile
trimmedtile
PackerInstallationDetail
packer
88103
88106 - Dryfix universal valley trough
88107 - Eaves closer for dry fix GRP universal valley trough
88106
95Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Roofline and above
Dry fix GRP Valley Troughs Mortar-less roof drainage dry valley systems.Provides quicker, safer and simpler installationprocesses compared to traditional wet fix andlead material alternatives.
Installation advice – Dry fix valley troughs• Valley boards must be installed to support the valley trough. Thisis a requirement of the NHBC Standards
• The underlay material and battens should be fixed in accordancewith the standard roofing best practice; with a batten running thelength of the valley on each side to accommodate the dry fixvalley trough’s water bar section
• The valley troughs are fitted onto the valley boards and should befirmly fixed from the eaves closure section upwards using suitablelarge headed roofing nails on either side
• All overlap troughs should be at least 150mm when measured inthe vertical. Care should be taken to ensure than the centralraised section is positioned central to the valley
• If the valley trough finishes at a ridge with a corresponding valley,the head closer units can be used
• The head closer must overlap both valleys troughs by 150mm andform a neat waterproof seal
• Tiles or slates being laid into and over the troughs should be laidin accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
• When the slating/tiling has been completed, the eaves closer unitshould be cut with a sharp knife or scissors to allow waterdischarge into the rain water gutter
• It is important to ensure that the valley troughs are cleared of anydebris on completion to ensure that water flow is not impeded
• The installation of GRP valley troughs and roof slating/tiling mustbe carried out in accordance with all relevant British Standardclauses
How to orderMeasure the valley length up the slope and divide by 3 (productlength) to determine the quantity of dry fix GRP valley troughsrequired
Allow a minimum vertical overlap of 150mm lap if it’s necessary tojoin valley rough sections together
Product codesDry fix GRP Valley TroughsDescription Dimensions (w x l) Up-stand height Product codeDry fix GRP universal valley trough for slate and tile * 400x 3000mm 110mm 88106
Eaves closer for dry fix GRP universal valley trough for slate and tile ** 450 x 500mm 110mm 88107
90° head closer for dry fix GRP universal valley trough for slate and tile 600 x 600mm 110mm 88108
Dry fix GRP valley trough for slate * 400 x 3000mm 70mm 88103
Eaves closer for dry fix GRP valley trough for slate ** 450 x 500mm 70mm 88104
90° head closer dry fix GRP slate valley trough for slate 600 x 600mm 70mm 88105
* Supplied with flexible self-adhesive packers ** Supplied with valley section support piece.
Page 2 of 2 88108 - Head closer for dry fix GRP universal valley
96 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Roofline and above
88110 - Universal for tile and slate
Dry fix GRP joining/bonding stripsMortar free roof joining/bonding strip, for a fasterand simpler installation in comparison to thetraditional wet fix and lead material alternatives.
Use• To form a weatherproof junction at the point where two types of roof tile or slate meet
• Suitable for:
- concrete or clay roof tiles
- natural and man-made roof slates
• On roof pitches up to 60°
• On terraced and semi-detached housing roof refurbishmentprojects work where new or different tiles or slates are laid up to existing tiles
Features and benefits• Lead substitute with no value to thieves
• Lightweight material that’s easier and safer to transport andmanage on site
• Faster installation than traditional methods
• Allows for varying roof pitches
• Can be installed in cold and wet weather
• UV finish with restrictive mould and fungal growth properties
• Supplied in 3m lengths
Quality• Complies with the NFRC Technical Bulletin – 28 InclinedPreformed Valley Troughs
• Satisfies NHBC requirements
• BBA Certificated
• Fire rated to BS 476 part 3 – SAB & BS 476 part 7 Class 3
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001
Material and colour choice• ‘Lead’ grey colour
• Glass reinforced polyester
Products in the systemDry fix GRP universal joining/bonding strip for slate and tile
Dry fix GRP joining/bonding strip for slate
Installation advice• The end tiles/slates on both roofs must be removed to expose theconstruction over the separating wall
• A fire stopping provision must be installed above and below theroofing underlay, at the top of the separating wall to ensure thatfire cannot spread to the adjoining building
88110 - Dry fix GRP universal joining/bonding strip
88109 - For slate
• The roofing battens, over the joint area of the separating wall, areto be made good and a gap of 185mm is left, into which the dryfix GRP joining/bonding strip fits
• Insert new underlay over the previous underlay and ensure that asufficient overlap is achieved in accordance with BS 5534:2014
• Position the dry fix GRP joining/bonding strips centrally in thegap between and on top of the battens over the separating wall
• Commencing at the foot, the dry fix GRP joining/bonding strip isfixed using 25mm clout-headed nails at a maximum of 500mmcentres onto the roofing battens
• Trimming of the fascia board may be required to ensure full waterflow to the gutter
• Consecutive lengths of dry fix GRP joining/bonding strips are laiddressed to shed water down the slope, allowing a minimum of150mm overlap (measured in the vertical) at the joints
• The use of double slates/tiles is advised to eliminate thepossibility of small sections requiring fixing
• The installation of dry fix GRP joining/bonding strips and roofslating/tiling must be carried out in accordance with all relevantBritish Standard clauses
How to orderMeasure the sloping length of the area where the two types of rooftile or slates meet in metres and divide by 3 (product is supplied in3m lengths) to determine the required quantity
Allow for a minimum vertical overlap of 150mm if it’s necessary tojoin dry fix GRP bonding strip sections together
Product codesDry fix GRP joining/bonding stripsDescription Dimensions (w x l) Product codeDry fix GRP universal joining/bonding 225 x 3000mm 88110
strip for slate and tile
Dry fix GRP joining/bonding strip 225 x 3000mm 88109
for slate
separating wall
counterbatten
dry fix bonding strip
25mm clout-head nail
slate
roofingbatten
rafter rafterrafter rafterjoining of
adjacent roofs
separating wall
counterbatten
fire stop tile
dry fix bonding strip
25mm clout-head nail
roofingbatten
packer
fire stop
joining of adjacent roofs
8810988110
97Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Dry fix verge right hand piece
Roofline and above
Dry Fix Verge System for Profiled Roof Tiles A robust, attractive and weather resistant verge system alternative to wetmortar bedding.
Use• Large format, interlocking concrete and clay profiled tiles
• Batten gauges between 260-345mm
• Most pitched roof types from 15-55°
• Verges with or without bargeboards
• New build and refurbishment projects
Features and benefits• Long lasting, reliable and virtually maintenance free
• Protects against wind uplift, water ingress and generaldeterioration
• Easy, fast, clean and generally safer mortar free installation
• Allows virtually all weather installation
• Extended slotted fixing locator flexibility
• Simple and quick '1st piece' eaves closer installation
• Strong but supple for easy flexing and sliding along the tiles
• Secure fit around the tile reassurance
• Rebated eaves closer design allows for guttering when required
• Maintains consistently smart appearance
• Not impacted by building settlement
• Helps prevent entry of large insects, birds and vermin into theroofline
• Meets mechanical fix legislation requirements
The system also offers a unique steel fixing bracket option thatpresents flexible fixing points for use with alternative size counterbattens or straight onto tile batten ends. The bracket avoids thereliance of end grain fixing, which can cause splitting andconsequential damp penetration issues.
Quality• Helping to meet BS 5534 Code of practice for slating and tiling
• Complies with all other relevant regulations and standards
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
Page 1 of 2 see next page
Dry Fix Verge System For Profiled Roof Tiles - Terracotta
Dry Fix Verge System For Profiled Roof Tiles - Brown
Also available in convenient
project specific packs
Dry fix verge left hand piece Dry fix verge end grain batten bracket (optional)
Dry fix verge eaves closer pack (right and left units) Dry fix verge round ridge/apex piece Dry fix verge angled ridge/apex piece
95mm
425mm
150mm95mm
425mm
150mm
50mm
80mm
25mm
35mm
140mm
30mm
50mm
120mm120mm
30mm
50mm
140mm
280mm
145mm145mm
260mm
98 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Dry Fix Verge System for Profiled Roof Tiles A robust, attractive and weather resistant verge system alternative to wetmortar bedding.
Roofline and above
Product codes Colour and product codeDescription Standard pack quantity Grey Terracotta Brown Dry fix verge right hand piece 20 99117 99118 99116
Dry fix verge left hand piece 20 99121 99122 99120
Dry fix verge angled ridge/apex piece 1 99109 99110 99108
Dry fix verge round ridge/apex piece 1 99113 99114 99112
Dry fix verge eaves closer pack (left and right units) 1 + 1 99126 99127 99125
Dry fix verge end grain batten bracket (optional) 20 99124 99124 99124
Material and colour choice• UV protected and colour fast polypropylene verge, ridge andeaves closer components
• Galvanised steel batten end bracket (optional)
• Stainless steel fixing screws
• Galvanised steel fixing nails
• Available in grey, terracotta and brown
Products in the systemVerge unit - right hand
Verge unit - left hand
Eaves closer pack - right and left handed units supplied with nails
Half round ridge (apex) piece supplied with fixing screws
Angled ridge (apex) piece supplied with fixing screws
Batten end grain fixing bracket (optional)
Installation advicePlease refer to our website wwww.timloc.co.uk for our fullrecommended installation guidance.
How to orderSelect the relevant verge system colour for the project
1 verge piece is required for each roof tile in the sloping run
• Verge pieces are handed to suit left and right handed slopes
Select the ridge shape for the apex of the system – angled or round
An eaves closer must be installed at the beginning of each slopingrun of dry verge
1 optional end grain batten bracket is required for each verge pieceinstalled in the sloping run
Also available in convenient specific and complete system packs tosuit your specific project’s requirements
Page 2 of 2
Dry Fix Verge System For Profiled Roof Tiles - Grey
Ridge piece (half round or angled design)
Right handverge
Left handverge
Left eavescloser position
Right eavescloser position
99Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Dry Fix Continuous Verge System for Slateand Flat Tiles A continuous verge system that presents a clean flush finish and aneffective and virtually maintenance free alternative to wet mortar bedding.
Roofline and above
Use• Slate and tile thickness between 4 and 13mm - slate and slate effect tiles - flat interlocking concrete tiles
• Most pitched roof types from 15-55°
• Verges with or without bargeboards
• Most roof types and configurations
• New build and refurbishment projects
Features and benefits• Long lasting, reliable and virtually maintenance free
• Protects against wind uplift, water ingress and generaldeterioration
• Easy, fast, clean and generally safer mortar free installation
• Allows virtually all weather installation
• Integral internal channel collects and discharges rainwater to the gutter
• Dedicated profiles for new build and refurbishment applicationsto ensure secure fitting
• Refurbishment profile design avoids lifting slates and battens
• Concealed eaves closer cap allows for guttering if required
• Secure easy push fit joint unions
• Tough yet flexible allows easy manipulation and securepositioning
• Maintains consistently smart appearance
• Isn’t affected by building settlement
• Helps prevent entry of large insects, birds and vermin into the roofline
• Meets mechanical fix legislation requirements
Quality
Dry Fix Continuous Verge System for Slate and Flat Tiles
• Helping to meet BS 5534 Code of practice for slating and tiling
• Complies with all other relevant regulations and standards
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
Page 1 of 2 see next page
New build dry fix continuous verge Refurbishment dry fix continuous verge Angled ridge/apex piece
Eaves closer cap pack (left and right units) Joint union
3000mm
65mm
50mm
30mm
38mm
3000mm
65mm
50mm
30mm
65mm
38mm 38mm
65mm
40mm
60mm
38mm
170mm
260mm
100 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Dry Fix Continuous Verge System for Slateand Flat Tiles A continuous verge system that presents a clean flush finish and an effectiveand virtually maintenance free alternative to wet mortar bedding.
Roofline and above
Product codes Description Standard pack quantity Colour Product code3m new build dry fix continuous verge for slate/flat tile 4 Dark grey 66101
3m refurbishment dry fix continuous verge for slate/flat tile 4 Dark grey 66105
Dry fix continuous verge for slate angled ridge/apex piece 1 Dark grey 66120
Dry fix continuous verge for slate/flat tile eaves closer cap pack (left and right units) 1 +1 Dark grey 66117
Dry fix continuous verge for slate/flat tile joint union 2 Dark grey 66124
Material and colour choice• UV protected and colour fast PVC verge and polypropylene ridge and eaves closer caps
• Stainless steel fixing screws
• Supplied in dark grey only
Products in the system• 3m dry fix continuous verge for new build
• 3m dry fix continuous verge for refurbishment
• Angled ridge (apex) piece supplied with fixing screws
• Eaves closer cap pack (right and left handed units)
• Joint union (connects two verge sections together)
Installation advicePlease refer to our website wwww.timloc.co.uk for our fullrecommended installation guidance.
How to orderMeasure the length of the roof slope in metres and divide by 3(product length) to identify how many profiles are required.
Ensure that the correct profile type is ordered for the project - newbuild or refurbishment.
An eaves closer cap must be installed at the beginning of eachsloping run of Dry Fix Continuous Verge.
A Dry Fix Continuous Verge angled ridge piece must be installed atthe apex of gable roofs.
A joint union is required when joining two Dry Fix ContinuousVerge profiles together.
Page 2 of 2
101Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Ridge System Convenient ‘1 pack’ mechanical fix solution for roof ridge installations.
Roofline and above
Use• Most types of slate, concrete or clay roof tiles
• Round or angled ridge tiles
• Most pitched roof types from 15-55°
• New build and retro-fit projects
Features and benefits• Long lasting, reliable and virtually maintenance free
• Protects against wind uplift, water ingress and generaldeterioration
• Provides 5000mm²/m (5mm continuous) ridge ventilation• Easy, fast, clean and generally safer mortar free installation
• Can be installed in virtually all wet and cold weather conditions
• Water resistant yet air permeable membrane roll
• Strong, malleable and corrosion resistant aluminium flashingsecured to roll
• Generous 25mm self-adhesive bonding strip areas for easy andreliable bonding
• Extended slotted ridge bracket fixing points for ease andflexibility
• 70mm wide ridge union width provides additional water barprotection
• Assurance of stainless steel clamping plates
• Terracotta coloured ridge unions (terracotta packs only) for acolour coordinated finish
• Maintains consistently smart appearance
• Not impacted by building settlement
• Helps prevent entry of large insects, birds and vermin into theroofline
Quality• Helping to meet: - BS 5534 Code of practice for slating and tiling
- BS 5250 Code of practice for control of condensation inbuildings
• Complies with all other relevant regulations and standards
Page 1 of 2 see next page
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Ridge System - Black
Ridge batten brackets Water resistant and airpermeable ridge roll
Ridge unions
Ridge union clip Countersunk wood fixing screws Clamping plates EPDM washers
300mm
70mm
35mm
35mm
100mm
50mm3 x 15mm
23mm
170mm
39mm
50mm
102 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Ridge System Convenient ‘1 pack’ mechanical fix solution for roof ridge installations.
Roofline and above
Product codes Description Colour Product code6m roll out dry fix ridge system pack Black 44600
6m roll out dry fix ridge system pack Terracotta 44601
6m roll out dry fix ridge system pack Brown 44602
Material and colour choice• Ridge unions and clips are manufactured from UV protected and colour fast polypropylene
• Water resistant and ventilated roll membrane with attached self-adhesive and coloured aluminium flashing
• Galvanised steel ridge batten brackets
• Stainless steel clamping plates and fixing screws
• EPDM rubber washers
• Available in black, terracotta or brown - black and brown packs are supplied with black ridge unionsand clips
- terracotta packs supplied with terracotta ridge unions and clips
Components supplied in the pack• 10no. ridge batten brackets
• 1no. 6m water resistant and air permeable ridge roll
• 13no. ridge unions
• 26no. ridge union clips
• 13no. countersunk wood fixing screws
• 13no. clamping plates
• 13no. EPDM washers
Installation advicePlease refer to wwww.timloc.co.uk for our full recommendedinstallation guidance.
How to orderSelect the relevant 6m Roll Out Dry Fix Ridge System pack colourfor the project.
Order 1 pack for roof ridge lengths up to 6m.
Sequential packs can be installed. Please allow for a minimal rollmembrane overlap of at least 150mm.
Page 2 of 2
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Ridge System - Terracotta
103Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Hip System A mortar free, clean and easy to install roof hip line systemthat provides a long lasting protection and ventilation.
Roofline and above
Use• slate, concrete or clay hip tiles
• round or angled hip tiles
• most pitched roof types from 15-55°
• New build and retro-fit projects
Features and benefits• Long lasting, reliable and virtually maintenance free
• Protects against wind uplift, water ingress and generaldeterioration
• Provides 5000mm²/m (5mm continuous) hip ventilation ifrequired
• Robust yet easy to handle hip trays
• Quick, straight forward and cleaner installation in comparisonwith traditional mortar bedding
• Suitable for installation in wet and cold weather
• Water resistant and air permeable membrane roll
• Strong, malleable and corrosion resistant aluminium flashingsecured to roll
• Generous 25mm self-adhesive bonding strip areas for easy andreliable bonding
• 70mm wide ridge union width provides additional water barprotection
• Assurance of stainless steel clamping plates
• Terracotta coloured ridge unions (terracotta packs only) for acolour coordinated finish
• Maintains consistently smart appearance
• Not impacted by building settlement
• Helps prevent entry of large insects, birds and vermin into the roofline
Quality• Helping to meet: - BS 5534 Code of practice for slating and tiling
- BS 5250 Code of practice for control of condensation inbuildings
• Complies with all other relevant regulations and standards
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Hip System
Page 1 of 2 see next page
6no. hip trays 1no. 6m water resistant and air permeable ridge roll
13no. ridge unions
26no. ridge union clips 13no. countersunk wood fixing screws 13no. clamping plates 13no. EPDM washers
300mm
70mm
35mm
35mm
100mm
50mm3 x 15mm
23mm
1200mm
245mm
104 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
6m Roll Out Dry Fix Hip System A mortar free, clean and easy to install roof hip line systemthat provides a long lasting protection and ventilation.
Roofline and above
Product codes Description Colour Product code6m roll out dry fix hip system pack Black 44610
6m roll out dry fix hip system pack Terracotta 44611
6m roll out dry fix hip system pack Brown 44612
Dry fix hip tray only pack (6 trays) Black 44623
Material and colour choice• Ridge unions and clips are manufactured from UV protected andcolour fast polypropylene
• Extruded PVC hip trays
• Water resistant and ventilated roll membrane with attached self-adhesive and coloured aluminium flashing
• Stainless steel clamping plates and fixing screws
• EPDM rubber washers
• Available in black, terracotta or brown - black and brown packs are supplied with black ridge unionsand clips
- terracotta packs supplied with terracotta ridge unions and clips
Components supplied in the pack• 6no. hip trays
• 1no. 6m water resistant and air permeable ridge roll
• 13no. ridge unions
• 26no. ridge union clips
• 13no. countersunk wood fixing screws
• 13no. clamping plates
• 13no. EPDM washers
Installation advicePlease refer to wwww.timloc.co.uk for our full recommendedinstallation guidance.
How to orderSelect the relevant 6m Dry Fix Hip System pack colour for the project.
Order 1 pack for roof hip lengths up to 6m.
Sequential packs can be installed. Please allow for a minimal rollmembrane overlap of at least 150mm.
Page 2 of 2
105Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Technical information & installation advice
The range of roofline and above products manufactured by Timloc are all designed to fit within the eaves of theroof. They fall into two product groups which Timlocchoose to refer to as ‘primary’ and ‘secondary’ roofventilators. Products from these two groups work togetherto form a range of reliable roof eaves ventilation systems.Primary roof ventilators fit externally within the eaves, usually withineither the soffit board or fascia board, and provide an appropriatelysized opening for air to flow into and out of the roof space. Theyincorporate rows of slots or holes which are large enough to allowthe required volume of air to flow freely without danger of blockageby dirt, dust, cobwebs, etc but are small enough to prevent theentry of vermin or large nestbuilding insects such as bees andwasps. All Timloc ventilators have 3.5 - 4mm wide slots or holes inaccordance with the recommendations of BS. 5250 : 2011.
Secondary roof ventilators fit higher up within the eaves, usuallybetween the rafters above the wallplate position. They hold down the quilt of roof insulation material and prevent it from restricting the flow of air to and from the primary roof ventilator.
In most cases it is essential that both primary and secondary roofventilators are used in conjunction with each other in order to provide a reliable ventilation system.
Free airflow requirementsThe Building Regulations require differing levels of roof ventilationdepending on the design of the roof. It is very important to identifythe type of roof which is to be constructed and ensure that thecorrect volume of free airflow is provided by the roof ventilators.Please refer to the four accompanying illustrations which detail themain variations in roof type.
Primary roof ventilators• With a standard pitched roof where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or greater and the roof space is an attic or loft a free airflow is required which is equivalent to a continuous 10mm opening (10,000 mm2 per metre run). See fig.1
• With a pitched roof where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees and the roof space is an attic or loft a free airflow is required which is equivalent to a continuous 25mm opening (25,000 mm2 per metre run). See fig. 2
• With a pitched roof where the roof space contains living accommodation and part of the ceiling and insulation follow the same line as the rafters a free airflow is required which is equivalent to a continuous 25mm opening (25,000 mm2
per metre run). See fig. 3
• With a flat roof a free airflow is required which is equivalent to a continuous 25mm opening (25,000 mm2 per metre). See figs. 4a,4b and 4c
• In all cases the ventilators must run continuously along the eaves and along opposite sides of the building so as to create a cross flow ventilation action
Secondary roof ventilators• With a standard pitched roof where the pitch of the roof is 15 degrees or greater and the roof space is an attic or loft a ventilation channel at least 25mm deep must be maintained between the roof insulation and the underside of the roof covering. See fig.1
• With a pitched roof where the pitch of the roof is less than 15 degrees and the roof space is an attic or loft a ventilation channel at least 25mm deep must be maintained between the roof insulation and the underside of the roof covering. See fig. 2
• With a pitched roof where the roof space contains living accommodation and part of the ceiling and insulation follow the same line as the rafters a ventilation channel at least 25mm deep must be maintained between the roof insulation and the underside of the roof covering. See fig. 3
• With a flat roof a ventilation channel at least 50mm deep must be maintained between the roof insulation and the underside of the roof deck. See fig. 4
• In all cases the ventilation channel must run continuously along the eaves and along opposite sides of the building so as to create a cross flow ventilation action
Fig.1
Standard pitched roof15º or above
Fig.2
Shallow pitched roofbelow 15º
Fig.3
Warm pitchroof
Fig.4a
Flat roofFig.4b
Flat roofFig.4c
Flat roof
Always at least25mm deep
Page 1 of 3 see next page
50mm vented void
Always at least 25mm deep
Always at least 25mm deep
Roofline and above
106 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Technical information & installation advice
Vapour permeable underlay• All vapour permeable underlays require a full convection tight ceiling, if condensation problems within the loft space are to be avoided. Timloc’s judgement is that this 100% sealing of all apertures including pipes, wiring and fittings, in addition to its basic structure is not achievable in practice, and consequently there will be a risk of condensation occurring
Timloc recommend exploring the practicality and feasibility of achieving a full convection tight ceiling i.e. to all apertures (pipes, wiring and light fittings)
Product selectionOnce the required level of free airflow necessary to suit the roofdesign has been established the choice of ventilation components is dictated by the eaves design, method of construction or the preference of the specifier or end user.
Timloc recommend that customers take advantage of the technicaladvisory service which is freely available to all users and specifiers of Timloc products. The Technical Services Department will bepleased to advise on the most suitable products to suit the application and will prepare a fully itemised schedule of quantities if required. Please provide as much information as possible regarding the roof design and eaves construction detail including a dimensioned drawing if available.
Installation adviceDue to the wide range of products in the roofline and above rangethe installation methods are equally varied. It is recommended thatthe specific installation instructions supplied with the goods areclosely followed at the time of installation. Anything which isunclear should be checked with Timloc Technical ServicesDepartment.
General advice relevant to key products in the range are detailed below:
Soffit vent type CThe mouth along the edge of the soffit ventilator is ideally suited to accommodate a 6mm thick soffit board. Soffit boards of up to 9mm thick can be accommodated with care but it may sometimesbe necessary to chamfer the edge of the board slightly to makeinsertion easier. Soffit boards over 9mm in thickness cannot beaccommodated unless the edge of the board is rebated down to a thickness of 6 - 9mm.
Over fascia ventilators (all types)Over fascia ventilators fit on the upper edge of the fascia board. It is important to note the height of the over fascia ventilator to beused and make allowance for this when fitting the fascia board. If the height of the ventilator is not taken into account and thefascia board lowered accordingly the tiles may be caused to ‘kickup’ at the eaves.
Over fascia ventilators - Products 3011 and 3011-25 onlyIt is strongly recommended that a plywood felt support is fitteddirectly above the over fascia ventilator in order to prevent saggingroofing felt from restricting airflow through the ventilator. Thisshould project at least 10mm beyond the front of the ventilator.
Corbel ventilatorThe corbel ventilator is designed to be fitted at the same time that the corbelled brickwork is completed. The fixing clips have protruding tabs which are built in to the perp. mortar joints on the top row of brickwork. If the ventilator is not fitted at this time the fixing clips cannot be used as intended and it will be necessary to drill and plug the brickwork or fit a timber batten on which to fixthe ventilator.
The corbel ventilator is only available in the standard 10mm continuous opening version. If ventilation is required which is equivalent to a continuous 25mm opening then an alternative product must be used, a 25mm airflow over fascia ventilator is recommended. It will be necessary to fit this by drilling and plugging the brickwork or fitting a timber batten on which to fix the ventilator.
It is strongly recommended that a plywood felt support is fitteddirectly above the corbel ventilator in order to prevent sagging roofing felt from restricting airflow through the ventilator. This should project at least 15mm beyond the front of the ventilator.
Push in soffit ventilatorsThe push in soffit ventilators are fitted into 70mm diameter circularholes cut into the soffit board with a hole saw. These holes should be drilled at 160mm centres in order to provide airflow equivalentto a continuous 10mm opening. The push in ventilators are notsuited in situations where an airflow equivalent to a continuous25mm opening is required. It is very important that the holes arecut accurately and are not oversize otherwise the ventilators willnot grip firmly in the fixing holes.
Roof vent mk3 cottage styleThe cottage style ventilators are designed to fit between standardroof trusses accurately spaced at either 400mm, 450mm or600mm centres and it is assumed that the rafters are 38mm (1.5”)thick. If thicker rafter timbers are used the ventilators will be toowide to fit into the spaces between the trusses and it will benecessary to trim the insect grille on each ventilator beforeinstallation.
Secondary roof ventilators (all types)All secondary roof ventilators are 300mm in width to allow multiplerows, one above the other, to work up the roof to accommodatethick and multi layers of insulation occurring at the eaves to the roofjunction. Please consult the Timloc Technical department for furtheradvice.
Page 2 of 3
107Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Roofline and above
Technical information & installation advice
Valley troughs and joining strips Timloc produce three products in this range. A general purpose valley trough which can be used with any kind of tile or slate, a slatevalley trough specifically for use with slates and a general purposejoining strip for use with any kind of tile or slate.
Valley troughs• Valley boards must be installed to support the valley trough in accordance with the NHBC Standards. 19mm thick exterior grade plywood is the recommended material and each valley board should extend at least 200mm from the centre line of the valley. The valley boards should be cut so as to fit flush in between the rafters and be supported on noggins fixed to the sides of each rafter
• Line the valley intersection with a strip of roofing felt running up the length of the valley and then lap the normal roofing felt over this into the valley area
• Counter battens must be used to support the edges of the valley trough and the ends of the cut tile battens. Fit the first counter batten running up the full length of the valley and laying parallel with the line of the valley bottom
• Lay the valley trough in position with the angle of the valleytrough in the angle of the valley bottom and the outer flange ofthe valley trough located on the counter batten. Push the valleybottom down firmly into the valley bottom and mark the positionof the second counter batten
• Fit the second counter batten in the position marked running up the full length of the valley and laying parallel with the line of the valley bottom
• Position the valley trough between the counter battens and press the valley down firmly into the valley bottom. Maintain the downward pressure on the valley trough and nail the valley through the outer flanges into the counter battens. Use galvanised clout nails at not more than 1m centres
• If the length of the valley requires more than one valley trough ensure that the upper valley trough laps over the lower valley trough. The amount of overlap should be a minimum of 150mm at roof pitches of 30 degrees or over and a minimum of 250mm at roof pitches of less than 30 degrees. The lapped area should be secured with two nails in each flange
• Using tin snips or shears cut the valley trough to suit at the eaves and ridge. Make sure that the valley can run off into the gutter, it must not be cut back short otherwise water may be discharged behind the fascia board. N.B. Where two valleys meet at a ridge it is advisable to form a lead saddle to cover the ridge intersection. For advice on lead working Timloc recommend that reference is made to the Lead Sheet Manual published by the Lead Sheet Association
• Once the valley is complete proceed with the tiling or slating as normal. Cut the tiles or slates to suit the rake of the valley leaving an open valley area approximately 125mm wide up the centre of the valley. Tiles should be bedded onto fresh mortar laid on the sand impregnated strips which are incorporated into each valley. Slates should be secured with clips or rivets in the normal way
Joining strips • Strip back the roof covering over the party wall to provide room to work
• Make good the felt and battens over the party wall
• Position the joining strip on top of the battens directly over the centre of the party wall and nail through the outer flanges of the joining strip into the battens. Use galvanised clout nails spaced at not more than 1m centres
• If the length of the roof slope requires more than one joining strip ensure that the upper joining strip laps over the lower joiningstrip. The amount of overlap should be a minimum of 150mm atroof pitches of 30 degrees or over and a minimum of 250mm atroof pitches of less than 30 degrees. The lapped area should be secured with two nails in each flange
• Ensure that the joining strip extends fully from eaves to ridge, do not leave any gaps
• Make good the tiles or slates. The tiles/slates should bepositioned so as to meet half way across the joining strip andshould be bedded onto fresh mortar laid on the sandimpregnated strip which is incorporated into each joining strip.The tiles/slates should be nailed or clipped in the normal way
Page 3 of 3
108 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor andthrough wallventilation
Under floor and through wall ventilation Technical information & installation advice:
Airbrick
Telescopic underfloor vent
Accessories
Ducting to airbrick adapter sets
Cavity sleeves
Internal grilles and airbrick cowls
Internal grilles and airbrick cowls
Aero core anti-draught ventilators
Aero wall anti-draught ventilators
Acoustic aero core dB anti-draught ventilators
Acoustic aero wall dB anti-draught ventilators
109110111112114115116117118119120
Underfloor ventilation
Through the wall ventilation
121121
109Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Airbrick
Effective airbrick ventilator available in a range of colours
Use• In conjunction with the telescopic underfloor ventilator for providing ventilation below suspended ground floors
• In conjunction with cavity sleeves for ventilation through external walls to a building interior
Features and benefits• Equivalent area of 6170mm2 per air brick
• Unique stepped front grille greatly reduces the entry of wind driven rain
• 6.5mm wide front grille openings comply with BS 5440 Pt 2 and British Gas requirements
• Integral clip together facility allows multiple airbricks to bestacked to form 9” x 6” and 9” x 9” sizes
• Available in a range of colours to blend in with various brick types
• Very tough and robust
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• 9” x 6” cowl version available to replace double air brick - provides an equivalent area of 11,000mm2
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards• Equivalent area marking to front face of airbrick to comply with BS EN 13141-1 : 2004
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in UV stabilisedpolypropylene
• The 1201AB airbrick is available in buff, terracotta, grey, brown, black and white, in packs of 20
Installation advice• Always use in conjunction with a Timloc telescopic underfloor ventilator, or cavity sleeve, depending on the application
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Airbrick quantity will be relative to the number of telescopic underfloor ventilators or cavity sleeves required. Please see technical section
• State the colour required
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
160 AIR BRICK
To BS493, Class 1, built in as the work proceeds.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: 1201AB (Interlinking Airbrick) • Design: Rectangular • Work size: Each unit 69mm coursing x 215mm, (Equivalent area 6170mm2) • Material: Thermoplastic • Colour:................ (Black, White, Brown, Buff, Grey or Terracotta) • Optional Accessories:.....................................................
e.g. 1201 Telescopic Cranked Under Floor Vent (6,000mm2)
Product codesAirbrickEquivalent area Colour Product code6170mm2 Buff 1201ABBU
6170mm2 Terracotta 1201ABTE
6170mm2 Grey 1201ABGR
6170mm2 Brown 1201ABBR
6170mm2 Black 1201ABBL
6170mm2 White 1201ABWH
Double airbrick replacement cowlEquivalent area Colour Product code11,000mm2 Buff 1230ABBU
11,000mm2 Brown 1230ABBR
11,000mm2 Terracotta 1230ABTE
NB. Guidance in BS EN 13141-1 : 2004 indicates the “free area” of a background
ventilator is typically 25% larger than its “equivalent area”
215mm
69mm
60mm
1201
1230
110 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Telescopic underfloor ventTough, adjustable ventilator for ground floors
Use• To provide ventilation below suspended ground floors
Features and benefits• Telescopic and adjustable for a step of 3, 4 or 5 brick courses
• Horizontal and vertical extension accessories available
• Equivalent of 6000mm2 per unit
• Special grille included to prevent entry of vermin
• Durable, robust and totally resistant to decay
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene
• Available in black only in packs of 20
Products in the system• 1201 telescopic underfloor ventilator
• Matching airbrick and a range of accessories - see following sections
Telescopic gas vent outlets (1201+1201AB+1206+GVL900)The combined units will allow ventilation outlets to either a subfloor void or via a range of adaptors to a venting layer and allow the provision of a minimum of one complete volume change per 24hours as required by the NHBC. The Timloc vent units will achieve an airflow rate of 4.85L/sec (17m3/hr) or equal to an equivalent area of 6000mm2. NB. All airflow testing has been independently tested by the BRE to BS EN 13141-1.
Installation advice• Always use in conjunction with a Timloc airbrick
• The airbrick and upper front opening of the telescopic underfloor ventilator must be positioned above the finished external ground level - usually at the same level as the ground level DPC
• The lower rear opening of the product must project down to thelevel of the underfloor void and must not be obstructed by thefloor construction. A vertical extension sleeve is available to fitwith this product if the standard 5 course step is not adequate
• Building Regulations require a free airflow below suspended ground floors of at least 1500mm2 per metre run of wall. This can be achieved by spacing the ventilators at 4m centres, however, such a wide spacing is not recommended as stagnant air pockets could form in the underfloor void. Timloc recommend a spacing of not more than 2m centres to comply with NHBC standards.
• The NHBC recommend that underfloor ventilators are spaced at a maximum of 2m centres, with ventilators also positioned not more than 450mm from the ends of the wall
• As a minimum requirement ventilators should be positioned down two opposite sides of the building so as to create a cross flow ventilation action. It is good practice to position ventilators around the full perimeter of the building, particularly withcomplex building designs
• If the underfloor void is separated by dividing walls, openings mustbe provided to allow a free flow of air around the underfloor void
• The standard ventilator will fit into a cavity wall with an external leaf of 100-102.5mm, a minimum cavity width of 50mm and across cavity of 100mm. External and internal horizontal extensionsleeves are available to accommodate thicker walls or wider cavities
• To be installed with a DPC Cavity tray and wall weeps to collect any water ingress
• We recommend Timloc’s IL4 and 2 weeps (TW1 or 1143)
Please see technical section for more details.How to order• Measure the length of each wall requiring telescopic underfloor ventilators, and divide by 2m to establish the quantity required.
• Always round up if the calculation does not work out to an exact whole number
• To be installed with a DPC cavity tray and wall weeps to collectany water ingress
• We recommend Timloc’s IL4 and 2 weeps (TW1 or 1143)
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
160 AIR BRICK
To BS493, Class 1, built in as the work proceeds.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: 1201 Telscopic Cranked Under Floor Vent (6,000mm2) • Design: Rectangular • Work size: Each unit 225/375mm coursing x 220mm, (6,000mm2 equivalent area) • Material: Thermoplastic • Colour:................ Black • Optional Accessories:.....................................................
1204 Vertical Extension Sleeve (additional 2 brick courses) 1205 Duct Adaptor (suits 110mm diameter duct)
Product codeTelescopic underfloor ventEquivalent area Product code6000mm2 1201
220mm
105mm
70mm
47mm
150mm
225mm to 375mm
Horizontal and vertical extension accessories also
available 60mm
60mm
45mm
60mm60mm
111Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
• Product 1205 has a ‘push-fit’ opening for the drainage pipe. The vermin grille of the ventilator can be left in position. For fitting to drainage pipe a coupling will be required
• Product 1206 fits over the lower rear opening of the ventilator. The vermin grille must first be removed to allow this, and then replaced at the other end of the extension sleeve. 1206 sleeves can also be slotted together to form longer sections if required
• To improve joins between the telescopic underfloor ventilator and an accessory, seal using insulating tape or duct tape
How to order• Establish which part of the telescopic underfloor ventilator needs extending, and specify the appropriate accessory
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
160 AIR BRICK
To BS493, Class 1, built in as the work proceeds.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: Accessories • Design: Various • Work size: Various • Material: Thermoplastic • Colour: Black • Optional Accessories:.....................................................
1203 Horizontal Front Extension (+115mm) 1204 Vertical Extension Sleeve (additional 2 brick courses) 1205 Duct Adaptor (suits 110mm diameter duct) 1206 Horizontal Rear Extension (+100mm)
Product codesAccessoriesDescription To suit Product codeHorizontal front extension + 115mm 1203
Vertical extension sleeve Additional 2 brick courses 1204
Duct adaptor Suits 110mm diameter duct 1205
Horizontal rear extension + 100mm 1206
The table below shows how the build up of telescopic underfloorventilators and vertical extension pieces achieve required building in height
Description Brick height Rise (mm)1201 telescopic under floor vent 3-5 225/375
+ 1 No. 1204 vertical extension sleeve 6-7 450/525
+ 2 No. 1204 vertical extension sleeve 8-9 600/675
+ 3 No. 1204 vertical extension sleeve 10-11 750/825
+ 4 No. 1204 vertical extension sleeve 12-13 900/975
Use• To provide horizontal or vertical extension to a telescopic underfloor ventilator to accommodate different wall/cavity/brick courses etc.
• To connect the ventilator to a duct
Features and benefits• Does not restrict airflow through the main telescopic underfloor ventilator
• Purpose-made accessories eliminate the need for on site modifications
• Lightweight and easy to handle
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• All standard accessories are injection moulded in polypropylene• All accessories are available in black only
Products in the systemHorizontal front extension sleeve - Product 1203Fits between the airbrick and upper front opening of the telescopicunderfloor ventilator to accommodate external walls of more than102.5mm thickness, up to a maximum of 215mm.
Vertical extension sleeve - Product 1204Fits between the upper and lower parts of the telescopic underfloor ventilator to accommodate a vertical step of 6 to 7brick courses.
Duct adaptor - Product 1205Fits on to the lower rear opening of the telescopic underfloorventilator to allow a standard 110mm external diameter plasticunderground drainage pipe to be connected via a couplingconnection.
Horizontal rear extension sleeve - Product 1206Fits into the lower rear opening of the telescopic underfloorventilator to accommodate cavity widths between 50-150mm - orinternal walls of more than 100mm thickness, up to a maximum of200mm.
Installation advice• Product 1203 should be fitted with the slotted end to accept the airbrick. 1203 sleeves can also be slotted together to form longer sections if required
• Product 1204 fits externally over the upper and lower parts of the ventilator, units can be multi stacked for greater height
1201 Upper half
1201 Lower half
1201AB
1204
1204
1203
1205
12061203 1204 1205 1206
65mm
+115mm
50mm
+150mm
50mm
+100mm +100mm
110mm dia
50mm
Telescopic under floor vent extension accessoriesEasy-to-use accessories for a range of underfloor ventilation applications
UseAt:
• Floor level voids
• External walls
Suitable for round and rectangular rigid extraction ductwork from:
• Bathrooms
• WC cloakrooms
• Utility rooms
Features and benefits• Enables rigid extraction ductwork termination to be built in as part of the brickwork package
• Doesn’t restrict or interrupt ducting airflow
• Convenient ‘1 product code’ assembled kits for immediate installation
• Eliminates the requirement for retrospective through wall core drilling
• Enables 1st fix ceiling duct extraction connections to outlet vent
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
• Airbricks available in a variety of colours to blend with various brick types
• Suitable for working temperatures of -20 to 60°c
Quality• Helping to meet Building Regulation Part F
• Equivalent area marking to front face of airbrick to comply with BS EN 13141-1
• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001
Material and colour choice• Airbrick manufactured from UV stabilised polypropylene
• Available in terracotta, buff, brown, grey, black
and white
• All other components manufactured from HIPS
(High Impact Polystyrene)
112 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Ducting to airbrickadapter setsSimple to install pre-assembled sets,which quickly and conveniently adaptsextraction ductwork to terminate at astandard plastic airbrick.
3510 with terracotta airbrick
3500 with terracotta airbrick
Page 1 of 2 see next page
330mm long215mm
60mm
69mm
450mm long
215mm
60mm
69mm
100mm Ø
113Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Ducting to airbrick
adapter setsSimple to install pre-assembled sets,which quickly and conveniently adaptsextraction ductwork to terminateat a standard plastic airbrick.
Page 2 of 2
Products in the system:Round Ducting to Airbrick Adapter Set – Product 3500+colour
For 100mm diameter round rigid ducting
Assembled set contains:
• 9x3” (215 x 69mm) plastic airbrick
• Slotted airbrick connector
• Circular duct adapter 100 (dia) x 140 (l) mm
• Circular duct tube - 100 (dia) x 150 (l) mm
Rectangular Ducting to Airbrick Adapter Set – Product 3510+ colour
Suitable for 110 x 54mm rectangular rigid ducting.
Assembled set contains:
• 9x3” (215 x 69mm) plastic airbrick
• Slotted airbrick connector
• Rectangular duct profile – 110 (w) x 54 (h) x 390 (l) mm)
Installation advice• Build in the set’s airbrick (to replace a regular brick) as normal as brick and blockwork proceeds.
• The installed position and level of the set is determined by the extraction fan connections.
• The set will project beyond the inner wall leaf to allow for thefitting of additional ducting or an extraction fan.
• As with all through cavity wall components install a DPC cavitytray, with wall weep and stop ends, above the installed adapterset to collect any water ingress. - We recommend the Inter-loc 4 horizontal cavity tray and 1143 or TW1 wall weeps
How to order:• Quantity will be relative to the number of extraction fans required by the project.
• Ensure that the correct shaped set has been selected to suit the ductwork.
• State the airbrick colour required.
Product codesDescription To suit Product codeRound Ducting to Airbrick 100mm diameter round rigid 3500*+airbrickAdapter Set ducting colour
Round Ducting to Airbrick 100mm diameter round rigid 3505Adapter Extension Tube ducting– 500mm
Rectangular Ducting to Suitable for 110 x 54mm 3510*+airbrickAirbrick Adapter Set rectangular rigid ducting colour
(* Airbrick colour codes: terracotta =TE, buff =BU, brown= BR, grey=GR, black=BL andwhite=WH)
Wall weeps
Recommended DPCcavity tray
114 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Use• To provide ventilation through external walls to the building interior
Features and benefits• Unrestricted free airflow
• Lightweight and easy to handle
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene
• Available in black only
Products in the systemProduct 1202-1Suits a single 9”x 3” Timloc airbrick and provides a maximum equivalent area of 6170mm2.
Product 1202-2Suits a stack of two interlocked Timloc airbricks (9” x 6”) and provides a maximum equivalent area of 12300mm2.
Product 1237Fitted to rear of 1202-1 to give maximum extension of 365mm.
Product 1236Fitted to rear of 1202-2 to give maximum extension of 365mm.
Product 1238Baffle to offer draught reduction inline with fitment to 1202-1 & 2.
Installation advice• Always use in conjunction with a Timloc airbrick
• When ventilating through an external wall to a building interior, ensure the cavity sleeve and airbrick are positioned above the ground floor dpc level. The exact position will depend on what conveniently suits the interior room. Installation of the cavitysleeve and airbrick at high level in the room will help reduce theeffect of draughts
• When fitted with a Timloc airbrick, the cavity sleeve suits walls up to 275mm overall thickness. If thicker walls are present, two cavity sleeves may be joined, end to end, and then trimmed to the required length and telescopic extension available
• It is strongly recommended that a section of horizontal cavity tray (Timloc Inter-loc 4 and 2 wall weeps) is positioned above theairbrick and cavity sleeve to prevent rainwater tracking across thetop of the cavity sleeve
• The number of cavity sleeves and airbricks required depends on the volume of free airflow demanded by the situation
• For background ventilation into a habitable room 8000mm2
of free area is required. i.e. two 9” x 3” cavity sleeves and airbricks, or a single 9” x 6” cavity sleeve and two airbricks stacked one above the other
• If ventilating a room containing a heat producing appliance the volume of free airflow will depend on the type and size of the appliance. Consult the appliance manufacturers technical information, and then provide the appropriate number and size of cavity sleeves and airbricks. Remember that each 9” x 3” airbrick provides max. 6170mm2 equivalent area
How to order• Assess background ventilation required for the application and determine which sleeve is appropriate
• Remember to order the correct number of airbricks for each cavity sleeve and possible telescopic extension sleeves. Optional draft reducing baffle is available (2 x per 9” x 6”)
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
160 AIR BRICK
To BS493, Class 1, built in as the work proceeds.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: 1202-1 Cavity Sleeve, single brick. 1202-2 Cavity Sleeve, double brick. 1202-3 Cavity Sleeve, treble brick. • Design: Rectangular • Material: Thermoplastic • Colour: Black
Product codesCavity sleevesDescription To suit Product code9 x 3 cavity sleeve Single airbrick 1202-1
9 x 6 cavity sleeve Two airbricks stacked 1202-2
9 x 3 telescopic extension + 90mm 1237
9 x 6 telescopic extension + 90mm 1236
9 x 3 baffle 2 x per 9 x 6 sleeve 1238
NB 9x9 cavity sleeve made up of: 1 x 1201-1 and 1 x 1202-2
1238
1237
1236
1202-21202-1215mm220mm
Varies
Cavity sleevesTough, flexible ventilatorsfor external walls
115Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Internal grilles
and airbrick cowlsAttractive products for sustaining airflow and reducing draughts
Use• To cover the inner opening on the cavity sleeve and provide an aesthetically acceptable appearance, while still maintaining a free flow of air
• To provide an external cowl over the airbrick to help reduce draughts caused by wind blasts
Features and benefits• Aesthetically pleasing
• Simple screw fixing
• Excellent airflow properties
• Durable and totally resistant to decay
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with all relevant Building Regulations• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choicePlastic grilles• Manufactured by injection moulding in ABS/HIPS
• Available in white only
• Contact the Timloc Technical Team for more colour options
Metal grilles• Manufactured in high quality pressed aluminium
• Grilles are available in three types of finish, plain aluminium, brass anodised and polished brass
External cowls• Manufactured by injection moulding in polypropylene
• Cowls are available in white, brown and terracotta
Products in the systemTimloc offer a complete range of high quality plastic grilles whichcover the internal opening of the cavity sleeve and provide a neat appearance
Louvre grillesA permanently open vent with no flyscreen or closing method but with visible airflow marking to comply with the requirements of BS5440 Part 2 2009 : BS EN 13141-1 : 2004.
Equivalent area Equivalent area (flyscreen) Product code4100mm2 2350mm2 1218 (6 x 3 louvred)
7600mm2 3750mm2 1207 (9 x 3 louvred)
11300mm2 8190mm2 1211 (9 x 6 louvred)
16500mm2 7150mm2 1212 (9 x 9 louvred)
Louvre grilles with flyscreenA permanently open vent with a fixed flyscreen but no airflowindication.
Adjustable (hit and miss) grillesCan be open or closed with an integral flyscreen but no airflow indication.
Installation advice• Internal grilles should be positioned over the internal opening of the cavity sleeve and fixed to the wall using screws and wall plugs
• External cowls are positioned over the face of the airbrick and fixed to the wall using screws and wall plugs. The opening of the cowl should face down towards the ground
• Never block or restrict the flow of air through these ventilators. The louvre grilles have no insect screen fitted - in order to comply with British Gas requirements
• Use open louvre grilles when ventilating a gas or heat producing appliance - never use hit & miss grilles in such situations
How to order• State the grille or cowl size, and whether louvre, flyscreen or hit & miss grilles are required
Cowl range
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
171 VENTILATION DUCTS:
To BS493, Class 1, built in as the work proceeds.
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: TBM447 & TBM424 Cowl Range • Use: To provide an external cowl over the airbrick to help reduce draughts
caused by wind blasts.
Plastic & metal wall grilles 1200 range
Bill of quantityU90 General Ventilation - domestic
INTERNAL WALL VENTILATION:
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: Plastic & Metal wall grilles 1200 range
• Use: To cover the inner opening on the cavity sleeve and provide
an aesthetically acceptable appearance, while still maintaining a free flow of
air. Available in a range of airflow sizes with both colour and finish options.
Plastic louvre grille Plastic louvre grille with flyscreen Plastic hit and miss grille
116 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Internal grilles and airbrick cowlsAttractive products for sustaining airflow and reducing draughts
Product codesInternal plastic grillesDescription Colour Fixing hole dimensions Overall dimensions Equivalent area Product code6 x 3 louvre ‘mini-vent’ White 148mm x 67mm 166mm x 85mm 4100mm2 1218W
9 x 3 louvre vent White 242mm x 86mm 260mm x 104mm 7600mm2 1207W
9 x 6 louvre vent White 242mm x 152mm 260mm x 170mm 11300mm2 1211W
9 x 9 louvre vent White 242mm x 217mm 260mm x 235mm 16500mm2 1212W
6 x 3 louvre vent with flyscreen White 148mm x 67mm 166mm x 85mm 2350mm2 1218FW
9 x 3 louvre vent with flyscreen White 242mm x 86mm 260mm x 104mm 3750mm2 1207FW
9 x 6 louvre vent with flyscreen White 242mm x 152mm 260mm x 170mm 7150mm2 1211FW
9 x 9 louvre vent with flyscreen White 242mm x 217mm 260mm x 235mm 8190mm2 1212FW
6 x 3 hit & miss ‘mini-vent’ White 148mm x 67mm 166mm x 85mm 2350mm2 1219W
9 x 3 hit & miss louvre vent White 242mm x 86mm 260mm x 104mm 3750mm2 1208W
9 x 6 hit & miss louvre vent White 242mm x 152mm 260mm x 170mm 7150mm2 1209W
9 x 9 hit & miss louvre vent White 242mm x 217mm 260mm x 235mm 8190mm2 1210W
Internal metal grillesDescription Colour Fixing hole dimensions Overall dimensions Equivalent area Product code9 x 3 hit & miss vent Plain aluminium 230mm x 77mm 242mm x 89mm 3741mm2 1220A
9 x 3 hit & miss vent Brass anodised 230mm x 77mm 242mm x 89mm 3741mm2 1220BA
9 x 3 hit & miss vent Polished brass 230mm x 77mm 242mm x 89mm 3741mm2 1220PB
9 x 6 hit & miss vent Plain aluminium 230mm x 153mm 242mm x 165mm 6452mm2 1221A
9 x 6 hit & miss vent Brass anodised 230mm x 153mm 242mm x 165mm 6452mm2 1221BA
9 x 6 hit & miss vent Polished brass 230mm x 153mm 242mm x 165mm 6452mm2 1221PB
9 x 9 hit & miss vent Plain aluminium 230mm x 230mm 242mm x 242mm 11250mm2 1222A
9 x 9 hit & miss vent Brass anodised 230mm x 230mm 242mm x 242mm 11250mm2 1222PB
9 x 9 hit & miss vent Polished brass 230mm x 230mm 242mm x 242mm 11250mm2 1222BA
9 x 3 louvre Plain aluminium 230mm x 77mm 242mm x 89mm 3973mm2 1223A
9 x 3 louvre Brass anodised 230mm x 77mm 242mm x 89mm 3973mm2 1223BA
9 x 3 louvre Polished brass 230mm x 77mm 242mm x 89mm 3973mm2 1223PB
9 x 6 louvre Plain aluminium 230mm x 153mm 242mm x 165mm 7946mm2 1224A
9 x 6 louvre Brass anodised 230mm x 153mm 242mm x 165mm 7946mm2 1224BA
9 x 6 louvre Polished brass 230mm x 153mm 242mm x 165mm 7946mm2 1224PB
9 x 9 louvre Plain aluminium 230mm x 230mm 242mm x 242mm 12770mm2 1225A
9 x 9 louvre Brass anodised 230mm x 230mm 242mm x 242mm 12770mm2 1225BA
9 x 9 louvre Polished brass 230mm x 230mm 242mm x 242mm 12770mm2 1225PB
25.2 x 2 return air grille Plain aluminium 636mm x 48mm 648mm x 60mm 9774mm2 1226A
25.2 x 2 return air grille Brass anodised 636mm x 48mm 648mm x 60mm 9774mm2 1226BA
25.2 x 2 return air grille Polished brass 636mm x 48mm 648mm x 60mm 9774mm2 1226APB
External cowlsDescription Colour Fixing hole dimensions Overall dimensions Equivalent area Product code9 x 3 external cowl Terracotta 237mm x 78mm 255mm x 96mm 8700mm2 ABC93TE
9 x 3 external cowl Brown 237mm x 78mm 255mm x 96mm 8700mm2 ABC93BR
9 x 6 external cowl Terracotta 237mm x 136mm 255mm x 154mm 16000mm2 ABC96TE
9 x 6 external cowl Brown 237mm x 136mm 255mm x 154mm 16000mm2 ABC96BR
9 x 9 external cowl Terracotta 256mm x 217mm 274mm x 235mm 23900mm2 ABC99TE
9 x 9 external cowl Brown 256mm x 217mm 274mm x 235mm 23900mm2 ABC99BR
7 x 7 external cowl Terracotta 170mm x 170mm 16000mm2 ABC77TE
7 x 7 external cowl Brown 170mm x 170mm 16000mm2 ABC77BR
NB. Guidance in BS EN 13141-1 : 2004 indicates the “free area” of a background ventilator is typically 25% larger than its “equivalent area”
Metal hit and miss vent Metal louvre vent Metal return air grille 9x6 external cowl 9x3 external cowl
117Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Aero core
anti-draught ventilatorsCombination ventilator sets for background venting and heat producing appliances
Use• To provide ventilation for heat producing appliances
• To provide background room ventilation
• Individual ventilation sets can supply up to maximum appliance rated input of 30.6kW (104,400 Btu/h)
• Ideal solution for refurbishment, remedial work and new build
Features and benefits• Aesthetically pleasing and a simple to install modular system
• Excellent airflow properties
• Independently tested
• Offers reduction of draughts and light compared to basic through wall ventilation
• Cowl or grille version available with or without baffle
• Internal finish with open louvre grille
Quality• Equivalent area tested to BS5440-2:2009• Compliant with BS 5871-3:2005 & BS 493:1995• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents F (2010 edition) & J (2010 edition)• Complies with ‘The Scottish Building Standards’ Technical handbooks• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Meets the requirements of British Gas• Satisfies NHBC Standards
Material and colour choice• UV stabilised cowls & grilles
• External grille/cowls in terracotta & brown
• Contact Timloc Technical Team for more colour options
• Internal grilles are white as standard
Products in the system5” Aero core vent - ACV10* (ACV7* with baffle)Provides an equivalent area of 8400mm2 (8000mm2) and suitable for venting appliances up to 23.8kW (23kW) rated input.
5” Aero core vent with cowl - ACV10C* (ACV7C* withbaffle) Provides an equivalent area of 10,000mm2 (8900mm2) andsuitable for venting appliances up to 27kW (24.8kW) rated input.
5” Aero core vent high rise - ACV7HR*Provides an equivalent area of 5000mm2 and suitable for ventingappliances up to 17kW rated input.
6” Aero core vent - ACV11* (ACV9* with baffle)Provides an equivalent area of 11,800mm2 (8900mm2) and suitable for venting appliances up to 30.6kW (24.8kW) rated input.
6” Aero core vent with cowl - ACV11C* (ACV9C* withbaffle) Provides an equivalent area of 10,600mm2 (9000mm2) andsuitable for venting appliances up to 30.6kW (25kW) rated input.
Installation advice• Core anti draught ventilators can be installed in new build, but benefit the installer most for use in existing walls
• To fit in existing cavity wall make hole through full cavity wallby using either a 127-130mm or 157mm core drill ensuring asmall incline towards the outer wall and remove brickworkdebris to fit vent
• Large flanges around the external cowl and internal grille allow minor irregularities to be covered easily and adequate fixing. External cowl will push onto sleeve and can be silicone sealed to face or screw fixed
How to order• State the correct anti-draught ventilator for the heating appliance to be vented or background ventilation required
• State the required colour of external cowl and/or grille
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
171 VENTILATION DUCTS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: e.g. ACV10bu Timloc Aero 5” Core Vent in Brown 10,000mm2 (suit appliance rated output max 27kW) • Install across cavity, sloping away from inner leaf, bedding fully
in mortar to seal cavity.
Product codes
Aero core anti-draught ventilatorsDescription Colour Equiv area Product code Appliance rated input Size5” (127mm) Aero core terracotta/brown 8,400mm2 ACV10* 23.8kW (81,200Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
5” (127mm) Aero core with cowl terracotta/brown 10,000mm2 ACV10C* 27kW (92,000Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
5” (127mm) Aero core with baffle terracotta/brown 8,000mm2 ACV7* 23kW (78,500Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
5” (127mm) Aero core with cowl & baffle terracotta/brown 8,900mm2 ACV7C* 24.8kW (84,600Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
5” (127mm) Aero core high rise terracotta/brown 5,000mm2 ACV7HR* 17kW (58,000Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
6” (157mm) Aero core terracotta/brown 11,800mm2 ACV11* 30.6kW (104,400Btu) 157mm Dia x 350mm
6” (157mm) Aero core with cowl terracotta/brown 10,600mm2 ACV11C* 28kW (95,500Btu) 157mm Dia x 350mm
6” (157mm) Aero core with baffle terracotta/brown 8,900mm2 ACV9* 24.8kW (84,600Btu) 157mm Dia x 350mm
6” (157mm) Aero core with cowl & baffle terracotta/brown 9,000mm2 ACV9C* 25kW (85,350Btu) 157mm Dia x 350mm
*Include colour option (TE = Terracotta, BR = Brown)
118 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Aero wall anti-draught ventilatorsCombination ventilator sets for backgroundventing and heat producing appliances
Use• To provide ventilation for heat producing appliances
• To provide background room ventilation
• Individual ventilation sets can supply up to maximum appliance rated input of 28.7kW (98,000 Btu/h)
• For new build, refurbishment and remedial work
Features and benefits• Aesthetically pleasing and a simple to install modular system
• Excellent airflow properties
• Independently tested by BRE
• Offers reduction of draughts and light compared to basic through wall ventilation
• Cowl or air brick version available
• Internal baffle with aerodynamic design improves airflow
• Internal finish with open louvre grille
Quality• Equivalent area tested to BS EN13141-1:2004• Compliant with BS 5440-2:2009, BS 5871-3:2005 & BS 493:1995• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents F (2010 edition) & J (2010 edition)• Complies with ‘The Scottish Building Standards’ Technical handbooks• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Meets the requirements of British Gas• Satisfies NHBC Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in HIPS/Polypropylene
• External brick/cowls in brown & terracotta
• Contact Timloc Technical Team for more colour options
• Internal grilles are white as standard
Products in the system9” x 3” Aero vent with air brick/cowl- ADV93C*Provides an equivalent area of 5100mm2 and each unit is suitable for venting appliances up to 17kW (58,700Btu) rated input.
9” x 3” Aero wall vent with air brick - ADV93AB*Provides an equivalent area of 5500mm2 and each unit is suitable for venting appliances up to 18kW (61,500Btu) rated input.
9” x 6” Aero wall vent with cowl - ADV96C*Provides an equivalent area of 10800mm2 and each unit is suitablefor venting appliances up to 28.7kW (98,000Btu) rated input.
9” x 6” Aero wall vent with air brick - ADV96AB*Provides an equivalent area of 10000mm2 and each unit is suitablefor venting appliances up to 27kW (92,000Btu) rated input.
Installation advice• Anti draught ventilators can be installed in new and existing walls
• To fit in existing build: stitch drill and remove brickwork to one brick wide x either one or two brick high, and fit sloping away from inner wall
• Large flanges around the external cowl and internal grille allow minor irregularities to be covered easily and adequate fixing. External cowl will push onto sleeve and can be silicone sealed to face or screw fixed
How to order• State the correct anti-draught ventilator for the heating appliance to be vented or background ventilation required
• State the required colour of external cowl, grille and air bricks
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
171 VENTILATION DUCTS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: e.g. ADV96CBR Timloc Aero Wall Vent 9x6 with cowl in Brown 10,800mm2 (suit appliance rated output max 28.7kW) • Install across cavity, sloping away from inner leaf, bedding fully in mortar
to seal cavity.
• Fit a preformed cavity tray above, extending 150mm on each side
with stop ends use Timloc Interloc2
Product codes
Aero wall anti-draught ventilatorsDescription Colour Equiv area Product code Appliance rated input Size9 x 3 Aero wall with cowl brown/terracotta 5100mm2 ADV93C* 17kW (58,700Btu) 260mm - 365mm
9 x 3 Aero wall with air brick brown/terracotta 5500mm2 ADV93AB* 18kW (61,500Btu) 260mm - 365mm
9 x 6 Aero wall with cowl brown/terracotta 10800mm2 ADV96C* 28.7kW (98,000Btu) 260mm - 365mm
9 x 6 Aero wall with air brick brown/terracotta 10000mm2 ADV96AB* 27kW (92,000Btu) 260mm - 365mm
*Include colour option (TE = Terracotta, BR = Brown)
Additional sleeves available to extend sets are available upon request
119Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Use• To provide ventilation for heat producing appliances
• To provide background room ventilation
• To provide airborne sound insulation properties up to 38dB
• Individual ventilation sets can supply up to maximum appliance rated input of 22 kW (75,000 Btu/h)
• Ideal solution for refurbishment, remedial work and new build
Features and benefits• Aesthetically pleasing and a simple to install modular system
• Excellent airflow properties
• Independently tested
• Offers reduction of sound, draughts and light compared to basic through wall ventilation
• Ideal for reducing low frequency road & rail noise
• Cowl or grille version available
• Internal finish with open louvre grille
Quality• Acoustic tested to BS EN 20140-10:1992, BS EN ISO 140-3:1995 & BS EN ISO 717-1:1997• Equivalent area tested to BS 5440-2:2009• Compliant with BS 5871-3:2005 & BS 493:1995• Complies with Building Regulation Approved Documents F (2010 edition) & J (2010 edition)• Complies with ‘The Scottish Building Standards’ Technical handbooks• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Assist in meeting Building Regulation Approved Document E ‘Resistance to the passage of sound’• Satisfies NHBC Standards
Material and colour choice• UV stabilised cowls & grilles
• External grille/cowls in terracotta & brown
• Contact Timloc Technical Team for more colour options
• Internal grilles are white as standard
Products in the system5” Acoustic aero core dB vent - ACV5dBProvides an equivalent area of 4500mm2, an acoustic property of36dB and suitable for venting appliances up to 16kW rated input.
5” Acoustic aero core dB vent with cowl - ACV5CdBProvides an equivalent area of 5200mm2, an acoustic property of38dB and suitable for venting appliances up to 17.5kW rated input.
5” Acoustic aero core dB vent high rise - ACV5HRdBProvides an equivalent area of 3800mm2, an acoustic property of38dB and suitable for venting appliances up to 14.6kW rated input.
6” Acoustic aero core dB vent - ACV6dBProvides an equivalent area of 7900mm2, an acoustic property of35dB and suitable for venting appliances up to 22.5kW rated input.
6” Acoustic aero core dB vent with cowl - ACV6CdBProvides an equivalent area of 7400mm2, an acoustic property of36dB and suitable for venting appliances up to 21.8kW rated input.
Installation advice• Core anti draught ventilators can be installed in new build, but benefit the installer most for use in existing walls
• To fit in existing cavity wall make hole through full cavity wall byusing either a 127-130mm or a 157mm core drill ensuring a smallincline towards the outer wall and remove brickwork debris to fit vent
• Large flanges around the external cowl and internal grille allow minor irregularities to be covered easily and adequate fixing. External cowl will push onto sleeve and can be silicone sealed to face or screw fixed
How to order• State the correct anti-draught ventilator ‘or in multiples’ for the heating appliance to be vented or background ventilation required and stipulate ‘acoustic’
• State the required colour of external cowl and/or grille
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
171 VENTILATION DUCTS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk • Reference: e.g. ACV5dBTE Timloc Acoustic Aero 5” Core dB Vent in Terracotta 4,500mm2 (suit appliance rated output max 14kW) • Install across cavity, sloping away from inner leaf, bedding fully
in mortar to seal cavity.Product codes
Acoustic aero core dB anti-draught ventilatorsDescription Colour Equiv area Product code Appliance rated input Size5” (127mm) Acoustic aero core dB terracotta/brown 4500mm2 ACV5dB* 16kW (54,000Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
5” (127mm) Acoustic aero core dB with cowl terracotta/brown 5200mm2 ACV5CdB* 17.5kW (59,400Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
5” (127mm) Acoustic aero core dB high rise terracotta/brown 3800mm2 ACV5HRdB* 14.6kW (49,800Btu) 127mm Dia x 350mm
6” (157mm) Acoustic aero core dB terracotta/brown 7900mm2 ACV6dB* 22.5kW (76,800Btu) 157mm Dia x 350mm
6” (157mm) Acoustic aero core dB with cowl terracotta/brown 7400mm2 ACV6CdB* 21.8kW (74,400Btu) 157mm Dia x 350mm
*Include colour option (TE = Terracotta, BR = Brown)
Acoustic aero core dB anti-draught ventilatorsCombination ventilator sets with balanced acousticproperties offering airborne sound insulation
120 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk Timloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Use• To provide ventilation for heat producing appliances
• To provide background room ventilation
• To provide airborne sound insulation properties up to 41dB
• Individual ventilation sets can supply up to maximum appliance rated input of 22 kW (75,000 Btu/h)
• For new build, refurbishment and remedial work
Features and benefits• Aesthetically pleasing and a simple to install modular system
• Balanced for both good airflow and acoustic properties
• Independently tested by BRE
• Offers reduction of sound, draughts and light compared to basic through wall ventilation
• Ideal for reducing low frequency road & rail traffic noise (typically between 63Hz - 200Hz)
• Cowl or air brick version available
• Internal staggered acoustic foam
• Internal finish with open louvre grille
Quality• Acoustic tested to BS EN 20140-10:1992, BS EN ISO 140-3:1995 & BS EN ISO 717-1:1997• Equivalent area tested to BS EN 13141-1:2004• Compliant with BS 5440-2:2009, BS 5871-3:2005 & BS 493:1995• Complies with Building Regulation 2000 Approved Documents F (2010 edition) & J (2010 edition)• Complies with ‘The Scottish Building Standards’ Technical handbooks• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Assist in meeting Building Regulation Approved Document E ‘Resistance to the passage of sound’• Satisfies NHBC Standards
Material and colour choice• Manufactured by injection moulding in HIPS/Polypropylene• External brick/cowls in brown & terracotta• Contact Timloc Technical Team for more colour options• Internal grilles are white as standard
Products in the system9” x 3” Acoustic aero wall dB vent with air brick/cowl -ADV93CdB Provides an equivalent area of 3000mm2 an averagelow frequency sound insulation property of 41dB and each unit is suitable for venting appliances up to 13kW (44,000Btu) rated input.
9” x 3” Acoustic aero wall dB vent with air brick -ADV93ABdB Provides an equivalent area of 4000mm2 an averagelow frequency sound insulation property of 39dB and each unit is suitable for venting appliances up to 15kW (51,000Btu) rated input.
9” x 6” Acoustic aero wall dB vent with cowl - ADV96CdBProvides an equivalent area of 6000mm2, an average low frequencysound insulation property of 37dB and each unit is suitable forventing appliances up to 19kW (64,800Btu) rated input.
9” x 6” Acoustic aero wall dB vent with air brick -ADV96ABdB Provides an equivalent area of 7550mm2 an averagelow frequency sound insulation property of 36dB and each unit is suitable for venting appliances up to 22kW (75,000Btu) rated input.
Installation advice• Anti draught ventilators can be installed in new and existing walls
• To fit in existing build: stitch drill and remove brickwork to one brick wide x either one or two brick high - fit sloping away from inner wall
• Large flanges around the external cowl and internal grille allow minor irregularities to be covered easily and adequate fixing. External cowl will push onto sleeve and can be silicone sealed to face or screw fixed
How to order• State the correct anti-draught ventilator ‘or in multiples’ for the heating appliance to be vented or background ventilation and ‘acoustic’ requirements• State the required colour of external cowl, grille and air bricks
Bill of quantityF30 Accessories/sundry items for brick/block/stone wallingClause
171 VENTILATION DUCTS
• Manufacturer: Timloc Building Products, Rawcliffe Road, Goole,East Yorkshire, DN14 6UQ. Tel: 01405 765567, Fax: 01405 720479. Web: www.timloc.co.uk• Reference: e.g. ACV96CdBTE Timloc Acoustic Aero dB Vent 9x6 with cowl in Terracotta. 6000mm2 (suit appliance rated output max 19kW)
• Install across cavity, sloping away from inner leaf, bedding fully
in mortar to seal cavity
• Fit a preformed cavity tray above, extending 150mm on each side
with stop ends use Timloc Interloc2Product codes
Acoustic aero wall dB anti-draught ventilatorsDescription Colour Equiv area Product code Appliance rated input Ave e Dn Adjustable9 x 3 Acoustic aero wall dB with cowl brown/terracotta 3000mm2 ADV93CdB* 13kW (44,000Btu) 41dB 260mm-365mm
9 x 3 Acoustic aero wall dB with air brick brown/terracotta 4000mm2 ADV93ABdB* 15kW (51,000Btu) 39dB 260mm-365mm
9 x 6 Acoustic aero wall dB with cowl brown/terracotta 6000mm2 ADV96CdB* 19kW (64,800Btu) 37dB 260mm-365mm
9 x 6 Acoustic aero wall dB with air brick brown/terracotta 7550mm2 ADV96ABdB* 22kW (75,00Btu) 36dB 260mm-365mm
*Include colour option (TE = Terracotta, BR = Brown)
Additional sleeves available to extend sets are available upon request
Acoustic aero wall dB anti-draught ventilatorsCombination ventilator sets with balanced acousticproperties offering airborne sound insulation
ADV96CdB ADV96ABdB ADV93ABdB
121Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.ukTimloc strongly recommend that reference is made to the relevant technical informationat the end of this section before the products are specified, purchased or installed.
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Technical information & installation advice
Underfloor ventilationIf a building uses a suspended ground floor it is important to provide ventilation into the underfloor void.This prevents condensation, removes stagnant air and isparticularly important in areas where radon or methanegas may pose a problem. The provision of ventilation isimportant regardless of whether the suspended floor is of beam and block or traditional joist and floor boardconstruction.The ideal method for providing ventilation into theunderfloor void is to use the Timloc airbrick and telescopic underfloor ventilator.• The airbrick and underfloor ventilator must always be used together. The airbrick is a push fit into the upper front opening of the ventilator
• The airbricks and ventilators should ideally be spaced along the wall at not more than 2m centres with the first and last ventilator being positioned within approximately 450mm of the wall corner. This is to ensure a good flow of air and to eliminate areas of calm air where stagnant air pockets could form
• If the building is a simple rectangular shape on plan it is acceptable to install airbricks and ventilators along the two longest sides of the building. If the building is ‘L’ shaped or of more complex design then airbricks and ventilators should be installed around the full perimeter of the building
• It is important to provide corresponding ventilation openings in any internal dividing walls so as to allow air to circulate throughout the underfloor void
• The airbricks should be built into the external wall above the finished ground level so as to prevent rain and snow water from entering the ventilator. They would usually be positioned at a similar level to the ground level DPC
• The lower section of the ventilator should be extended down to the level of the underfloor void by means of its telescopic action. This can accommodate a step of up to five vertical brick courses. The inner leaf blockwork must be cut to allow positioning of the lower section of the ventilator. If the design of the building is such that the standard ventilator is not long enough a vertical extension sleeve is available which will extend the ventilator to a height of nine vertical brick courses
• The standard ventilator suits a wall with a 100 mm thick outer leaf, 50mm cavity and 100mm thick inner leaf. If the cavity is slightly wider or the inner leaf slightly thicker than these dimensions then the standard ventilator will usually still be acceptable as long as the cut-out in the inner blockwork is kept clear. For thicker outerleafs a horizontal front extension is available and ahorizontal rear extension for use with particularly wide cavities orthick inner blockwork
Telescopic gas vent outlets (1201+1201AB+1206+GVL900)The combined units will allow ventilation outlets to either a subfloor void or via a range of adaptors to a venting layer and allow the provision of a minimum of one complete volume change per 24hours as required by the NHBC. The Timloc vent units will achievean airflow rate of 4.85L/sec (17m3/hr) or equal to an equivalent area of 6000mm2. NB. All airflow testing has been independently tested by the BRE to BS EN 13141-1.
Through the wall ventilationThrough the wall ventilators provide passive ventilationthrough external walls into habitable rooms. It is important to differentiate between a ventilator which is required to provide general background ventilation andone which provides air into a room which contains a heat producing appliance such as a central heating boileror gas fire.• If the room contains a heat producing appliance the provision of constant and reliable ventilation is vitally important, extra and above to background ventilators. The anti draught ventilator products are strongly recommended for this application as theycomply fully with legislation governing gas and heatingappliances. The size and number of anti draught ventilatorproducts required will be dictated by the requirements of theparticular heating appliance and it is strongly recommended that advice is soughtfrom the manufacturer
General recommendations for the specification and use of throughthe wall ventilators are detailed below:
• Always check that the appropriate size and number of through the wall ventilators are used to suit the application
• Never fit just an airbrick. A cavity sleeve must always be fitted to the back of the airbrick to ensure that the air is transmitted effectively through the wall and into the room
• Hit and miss grilles may only be used for general background ventilation, they must never be used to ventilate any kind of gas or heating appliance
• Ventilators used to provide air for gas or heating appliances must be permanently open, there must be no facility to block or close the ventilator. Also, they must not contain any kind of fine mesh or insect screen
• Through the wall ventilators should always be fitted well above external ground level so as to ensure that rain and snow water cannot enter the ventilator
• It is recommended that a section of horizontal cavity tray is installed directly above the through the wall ventilator so as to prevent water from tracking across the cavity sleeve from the outer leaf to the inside of the building
• In order to help reduce the effect of draughts it is worth considering positioning the through the wall ventilator close to any heating appliance rather than at the opposite side of the room. Positioning the ventilator at high level rather than close to the floor will also be of assistance
122 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Air leakagesolutions
Air leakage solutions
Radiator pipework air barrier
Zero air leakage hingedloft access doors
Airtight plastic access panels
123125126
123Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Air leakage solutions
Use• At the point of entry of through wall 10mm plastic radiator pipework
• Within all wall constructions that present a concealed pipe voidincluding:
- studded dry lined walls
- plaster dab solid walls
Features and benefits• Contributes to Part L’s required air leakage performance
• Air permeability measured and verified by BRE at Part L’s 50Pa as:
- 0.24m3 (h.m2) under positive pressure test conditions
- 0.30m3 (h.m2) under negative pressure test conditions
• Centrally and neatly contains the pipework during the plasteringprocess
• Protects the pipework and plaster from direct chafing
• Replaces the requirement of electrical back boxes, intumescentfoams or sealants
Pipework entry gasket seal
• Straight forward and quick face fix installation
• Projects by just 5mm from the wall
• Securely positions the pipework into the required direction forconnection
• Eliminates pipework kinking
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helping to meet Building Regulation:
- Document Part L – Conservation of Fuel and Power
- Document Part E – Resistance to Sound
Material and colour choice• Main unit body – white Polypropylene
• Gasket seal entry and seals – light grey Thermoplastic Elastomer
Radiator Pipework Air BarrierCombination ventilator sets withbalanced acoustic properties offeringairborne sound insulation
Available as a BIM item
Page 1 of 2 see next page
Fixing points
Rear mounting tab Continuous wallcompression seal
Friction barbs
ø 140mm
124 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Air leakage solutions
Installation advice• Mark the centre of the exit hole with a cross on the wall;approximately 350mm above the floor and central to the finalradiator position.
• Secure the pipework with pipe clips approximately 50mm abovethe marked ‘X’.
• Cut a hole (86-102mm diameter or 90x90mm square) into theplasterboard. Ensure that the midpoint of the marked ‘X’ is in the centre.
• Feed the pipework loop through the hole and cut into 2 equallengths.
• Position the unit over the hole and feed the pipework though untilthe unit is positioned into the hole.
• Mark the 3 screw hole locations onto the plasterboard andwithdraw the unit to allow for the wall plug fixing.
• Feed the unit back on the pipework and offer the unit back into the hole - aligning the fixing points with the wall plug holes.
• Fully secure the unit by fixing 3 screws into the wall plugs.
• Decorators caulk or another suitable sealant may be requiredaround the perimeter of the unit on uneven wall surfaces toachieve air leakage levels.
Radiator Pipework Air BarrierCombination ventilator sets withbalanced acoustic properties offeringairborne sound insulation
Page 2 of 2
Product codes:Hinged loft access doorsDescription Product Installation Product diameter method codeRadiator Pipework Air Barrier 140mm Face fix 1115
Technical considerations: Accepts routed pipework from:
a. Ground Floor Routing b. Upper Floor Routing c. Horizontal Routing
125Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Air leakage solutions
Zero air leakage* hingedloft access doorsHinged loft doors with lockable optionsand ladders
Use• To provide simple, easy access through a ceiling into the loft space
Features and benefits• *Air permeability measured at 50Pa as 0.00m3(h.m2) under positive pressure test conditions
• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner-made timber loft access doors
• Independently air leakage tested by BRE
• Excellent aesthetic appearance
• Factory finished and ready to fit straight from the box
• Insulated door panel with integral draught/vapour seal
• Maintenance free, no need to paint
• Hinged design allows use of a telescopic loft ladder
Quality• Satisfies all NHBC requirements• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001• Complies with Building Reg. document L1A & L2A (2013 Edition)• Meets all relevant British Standards
Material and colour choice• The door and frame are one piece injection moulded polypropylene
• Insulation is CFC free expanded polystyrene foam
• Door and frame available in white only RAL 9010
• Loft door pole operating pole manufactured from black reinforced plastic
Products in the systemProduct 1169Rectangular loft access door with twist operated catch to release a downward opening hinged door. Clear opening dimensions:526mm x 626mm.
Product 1169/keylockKeylock - as above but with secure key operated lock assembly.
Ladder 8Two section telescopic aluminium loft ladder for the 1169 range. For situations where the height from floor to top of the ceiling joistis not more than 2.66m.
Ladder 10Three section telescopic aluminium loft ladder for the 1169 range.For situations where the height from floor to top of the ceiling joist is not more than 3.0m.
Product 1170Loft door operating pole, manufactured from reinforced plastic.Suitable for the Timloc 1169 and 1168 loft door ranges only.
Installation advice• This product is designed to fit between 38mm thick trussedrafters or ceiling joists spaced at 600mm centres which provide a clear joist opening width of 562mm
Available as a BIM item
• If the roof design does not provide this joist opening width, a suitable opening must be formed
• Trimmers must be installed across the ends of the frame. These must be spaced to give a clear opening length of 662mm
• The frame fixes with ten screws, three through each side and two through each end
• Fit the loft access door after the ceiling has been plaster boarded and skimmed
• The frame must be a good fit into the trimmed opening. Never try to force it into an opening that is too small. If the opening is too large use packers to ensure a good fit
Please see technical section for more details.
Product codesHinged loft access doorsDescription Frame fitting Clear opening Insulation Product size required size U value codeHinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.82W/m2k 1169
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.82W/m2k 1169KL
with key lock
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.35W/m2k 1169/35
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.35W/m2k 1169/35KL
with key lock
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.25W/m2k 1169/25
Hinged loft door 562 x 662mm 526 x 626mm 0.25W/m2k 1169/25KL
with key lock
2.66m telescopic n/a n/a n/a Ladder 8
loft ladder
3m telescopic n/a n/a n/a Ladder 10
loft ladder
Loft door operating n/a n/a n/a 1170
pole – 0.5m
(for 1169 & 1168 only)
Technical considerations• Timloc loft access doors comply with the most recent Building Regulations; ‘THE BUILDING REGULATIONS 2000 ‘Conservation of fuel and power’ APPROVED DOCUMENT L1A & L2A (2006 Edition)
• The Timloc loft access door has demonstrated a zero0.00m3/(h.m2) air leakage at ‘positive’ 50Pa to exceedrequirements set in the Building Regulation Part L1A & L2A whilefully complying with BS5250:2011 the Code of Practice for controlof condensation in buildings
• Timloc loft access doors contain polystyrene insulation with a Thermal Conductivity of 0.038W/mK. For this reason acorrection U value of 0.004W/m2k should be calculated to theproposed U value figures for a ceiling (U value for a ceiling not toexceed 0.16W/m2k)
• With reference to insulation, the products in this range do notuse, contain or produce Urea Formaldehyde, CFC’s or indeed anyof the so called soft CFC’s, ie. HCFC’s & HFA’s. They have anozone depletion potential of zero and Global Warming Potentialof less than 5
Airtight plastic accesspanelsFully airtight and high level acousticperformance plastic access panels.
Use• Provides access to services and connections behind dry lined walls, ducts, ceilings and cupboard units
• Complete solution to meet the highest levels of Building Regulation Part L and Building Regulation Part J and the gas safety industry’s concealed boiler flue inspection requirements(non-fire rated applications)
Features and benefits• Purpose made product saves time and money compared with traditional joiner–made or steel access doors
• Unique airtight seal design reduces the air permeability to 0.00/h.m at +50pa
• Flush fitting door panels that can be fully removed for maximumaccess
• Excellent aesthetic appearance and finish
• Textured finish allows painting if required
• Visible picture frame surround smartly conceals cut out edges andcontributes to a faster installation
• Universal door handing
• Installed in minutes using basic hand tools and silicon/flexiblesealant
• Clip fit door panels with catch clip closing mechanism
• Acoustic performance of 31dB (contact the Timloc Technical teamfor more information)
Quality• Manufactured to BS EN ISO 9001 and BS EN ISO 14001
• Helping to meet Building Regulation:
- Document Part J – Concealed Flues in Voids (2010 edition)
- Document Part E – Resistant to Sound (2003 edition)
- Part L1 and L2 – Conservation of Fuel and Power (2013 edition)
Material and colour choice• Tough and UV stabilised injection moulded HIPS/ABS plastic
• White finish
Installation advice• Cut hole to size, making sure that it is straight and level
• Apply silicon or other suitable grade building adhesive to the back of the frame
• Press the frame firmly into place, checking it is straight and level
• Do not operate until the adhesive has set completely
• Simply push the clip fit door panel into the frame
Care and maintenance• Clean using a soft cloth with a mild detergent
How to order• State which size of panel is required and confirm the hole cutting size
Bill of quantityL20 Doors/Shutters/HatchesClause630^ HATCHES • Product Reference: Timloc Access Panels • Type: Timloc Airtight Access Panels • Product Code: AP300AT (see other product codes/variation of sizes) • Frame fitting size: 305 x 305mm (see other product codes/variation of sizes) • Application: (example Wall, Ceiling, Cupboard or Voids) • Frame type: Picture • Colour: Textured White ABS Plastic
Product codesAirtight plastic access panels Frame fitting Clear opening Overall panel Door Productsize size and frame type code dimension 115 x 165mm 100 x 150mm 135 x 185mm Clip fit AP110AT
155 x 235mm 140 x 220mm 195 x 275mm Clip fit AP150AT
205 x 205mm 190 x 190mm 245 x 245mm Clip fit AP200AT
305 x 305mm 290 x 290mm 345 x 345mm Clip fit AP300AT
470 x 470mm 455 x 455mm 510 x 510mm Clip fit AP450AT
Visible frame width
25mm (AP110 15mm)
Depth
12mm
126 Call. 01405 765567 | Email. [email protected] | www.timloc.co.uk
Air leakage solutions
| E
Call: 01405 765567 | Email: [email protected]
www.timloc.co.uk
Timloc Building Products
Rawcliffe Road, Goole, East Yorkshire DN14 6UQ
Fax 01405 720479
Every care has been taken to ensure that this brochure is correct at the time of printing, but Timloc Building Products does not accept responsibility for errors or misinterpretation of data. The customer should satisfy themselves that the products are suitable for the intended purpose.
Following its policy of continuing product improvement, Timloc Building Products reserves the right to introduce changes to the specification and modifications of design at any time without due notice.
The brochure will be updated and/or reprinted at intervals, to incorporate these changes.
The customer should satisfy themselves by enquiring with Timloc Building Products if any changes have been introduced since the publication date.
Edition 3.1
Air leakage solutions
Cavity trays
Loft access doors
Gas barrier and damp proofing accessories
Under floor and through wall ventilation
Cavity closers and stops
Access panels
Roofline and above